Перевод: со всех языков на английский

С английского на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Испанский
Немецкий
Французский

Shall we sit outside

1 terrasse

c black terrasse [teʀas]

feminine noun

terrace

• il était assis à la terrasse he was sitting outside

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

✎ Le mot anglais s'écrit avec un c et non deux s.

* * *
tɛʀas
nom féminin

1) ( le long d'un bâtiment) terrace

s'installer à la terrasse d'un café — to sit at a table outside a café

2) ( toiture) flat roof; ( grand balcon) large balcony

3) Agriculture

culture(s) en terrasses — terrace cultivation [U]

cultiver le riz en terrasses — to grow rice on terraces

* * *
teʀas nf
1) [maison] terrace

2) [café] pavement area

à la terrasse [café] — outside

Si on s'asseyait en terrasse? — Shall we sit outside?

3) AGRICULTURE

en terrasse — terraced

* * *

terrasse nf

1 ( le long d'un bâtiment) terrace; s'installer à la terrasse d'un café to sit at a table outside a café; prendre un café en or à la terrasse to have a coffee at an outside table; prix en terrasse price for service outside;

2 ( toiture) flat roof; ( grand balcon) large balcony; ( plus grand) roof garden; toiture en terrasse flat roof;

3 Agric culture(s) en terrasses terrace cultivation ¢; rizières en terrasses terraced rice-fields; cultiver le riz en terrasses to grow rice on terraces;

4 Géog terrasse fluviale/rocheuse river/rock terrace.

Composé

terrasse vitrée veranda GB, porch US.

[tɛras] nom féminin

1. [grand balcon] balcony

[entre maison et jardin] terrace, patio

[sur le toit] (roof) terrace

2. [d'un café, d'un restaurant]

être assis à la terrasse to sit outside

elle attendait à la terrasse d'un café she was waiting at a table outside a café

3. [d'un jardin, d'un parc] terrace, terraced garden

————————

en terrasse locution adjectivale

cultures en terrasse terrace cultivation

rizières en terrasse terraced rice fields

————————

en terrasse locution adverbiale

nous prendrons le café en terrasse we'll have our coffee at one of the outside tables

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > terrasse
2 Á

shall

* * *

a negative suffix to verbs, not;

era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.

* * *

1.

á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]

With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.

WITH DAT.

A. Loc.

I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.

II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.

2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).

3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.

4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.

III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).

B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:

I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.

II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.

III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.

IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.

C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:

I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.

2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.

3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.

II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.

III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.

IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’

2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.

V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.

VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.

VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.

VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.

WITH ACC.

A. Loc.

I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.

2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.

3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.

II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:

1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.

2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.

III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.

IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.

V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.

VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.

VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.

B. TEMP.

I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.

II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.

III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.

IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.

V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.

VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.

VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.

C. Metaph. and in various relations:

I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.

β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.

II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:

1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.

2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.

3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.

β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.

III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.

IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:

1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.

2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.

3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.

V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.

VI. connected with nouns,

1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.

2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.

3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.

VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.

2.

f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.

COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á
3 mettre

mettre [mεtʀ]

━━━━━━━━━

1. transitive verb

2. reflexive verb

━━━━━━━━━

➭ TABLE 56

1. <

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque mettre s'emploie dans des expressions telles que mettre qch en place, se mettre à table, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

   a. ( = placer) to put

• mettre du sucre dans son thé to put sugar in one's tea

• mettre la balle dans le filet to put the ball into the net

• mettre qch debout to stand sth up

• mettre qch à terre to put sth down

• mettre qn dans le train to put sb on the train

• mets le chat dehors put the cat out

• mettre qn au régime to put sb on a diet

• cela m'a mis dans une situation difficile that has put me in a difficult position

• où mets-tu tes verres ? where do you keep your glasses?

• mettre un enfant à l'école to send a child to school

• mettre qn au pas to bring sb into line

• il met qu'il est bien arrivé he says that he arrived safely

• mettre son poing sur la figure de qn to punch sb in the face

► mettre qch à (+ infinitif)

• mettre qch à cuire to put sth on to cook

• mettre qch à chauffer to put sth on to heat

• mettre du linge à sécher (à l'intérieur) to hang washing up to dry ; (à l'extérieur) to hang washing out to dry

   b. ( = revêtir) to put on

• mettre une robe to put on a dress

• mettre du maquillage to put on some make-up

• mets-lui son chapeau put his hat on

• il avait mis un manteau he was wearing a coat

   c. ( = consacrer) to take

• j'ai mis deux heures à le faire I took two hours to do it

• le train met trois heures the train takes three hours

• il y a mis le temps ! he's taken his time!

• y mettre le prix to pay the price

• mettre de l'argent dans une affaire to put money into a business

• je suis prêt à mettre 500 € I'm willing to give 500 euros

   d. ( = faire fonctionner) to put on

• mettre le chauffage to put the heating on

• mettre les informations to put the news on

• mettre le réveil à 7 heures to set the alarm for 7 o'clock

• mets France Inter put on France Inter

   e. ( = installer) [+ eau] to lay on ; [+ placards] to put in ; [+ étagères, rideaux] to put up ; [+ moquette] to lay

• mettre du papier peint to hang wallpaper

   f. ( = supposer) mettons que je me sois trompé let's say I've got it wrong

• si un pays, mettons la Norvège, décide... if a country, Norway say, decides...

   g. (locutions) mettre les bouts to clear off (inf)

• mettre les voiles (inf) to clear off (inf)

• qu'est-ce qu'ils nous ont mis ! (inf) (bagarre, match) they gave us a real hammering! (inf)

• va te faire mettre ! (vulg!) fuck off! (vulg!)

2. <

► se mettre

   a. ( = se placer) [objet] to go

• mets-toi là (debout) stand there ; (assis) sit there

• se mettre au piano to sit down at the piano

• se mettre à l'ombre to go into the shade

• elle ne savait plus où se mettre she didn't know where to put herself

• il s'est mis dans une situation délicate he's put himself in an awkward situation

• ces verres se mettent dans le placard these glasses go in the cupboard

• il y a un bout de métal qui s'est mis dans l'engrenage a piece of metal has got caught in the works

   b. ( = s'habiller) se mettre en short to put on a pair of shorts

• se mettre une robe to put on a dress

• elle n'a plus rien à se mettre she's got nothing left to wear

   c. ( = s'ajouter) il s'est mis de l'encre sur les doigts he's got ink on his fingers

• il s'en est mis partout he's covered in it

   d. ( = se grouper) ils se sont mis à plusieurs pour pousser la voiture several of them joined forces to push the car

• se mettre avec qn ( = faire équipe) to team up with sb ; (en ménage) (inf) to move in with sb (inf)

• se mettre mal avec qn to get on the wrong side of sb

   e. ( = commencer) to start

• il est temps de s'y mettre it's time we got down to it

• qu'est-ce que tu es énervant quand tu t'y mets ! (inf) you can be a real pain once you get started! (inf)

► se mettre à + nom

• se mettre à une traduction to start a translation

• se mettre à la peinture to take up painting

• il s'est bien mis à l'anglais he's really taken to English► se mettre à + infinitif

• se mettre à rire to start laughing

• se mettre à traduire to start translating

• voilà qu'il se met à pleuvoir ! and now it's starting to rain!

* * *
mɛtʀ
1.

verbe transitif

1) (placer dans un endroit, une position) to put

on m'a mis devant — they put me at the front

je mets les enfants à la crèche — I send the children to a creche

2) ( projeter involontairement) to drop [confiture, beurre] ( sur on); to spill [liquide, poudre] ( sur on)

3) ( placer sur le corps) to put on [écharpe, fard]

4) ( placer dans le corps) to put in

on m'a mis un plombage — I had a filling

5) ( porter habituellement sur le corps) to wear

je ne mets jamais de chapeau — I never wear a hat

6) (placer dans une situation, un état)

mettre quelqu'un en colère — to make somebody angry

mettre quelqu'un de bonne humeur — to put somebody in a good mood

mettre quelqu'un au travail — to put somebody to work

mettre le riz à cuire — to put the rice on

mettre le linge à sécher — to put the washing out to dry

7) ( classer)

mettre quelque chose avant tout le reste or au-dessus de tout — to put something

8) ( disposer)

mettre les assiettes — to put the plates on the table

mettre les verres — to put out the glasses

mettre une autre chaise — to bring another chair

mettre une nappe — to put on a tablecloth

je t'ai mis des draps propres — I've put clean sheets on for you

9) ( faire fonctionner)

mettre la radio/les nouvelles — to put the radio/the news on

mets plus/moins fort! — turn it up/down!

mettre les phares — to switch on the headlights

mettre le réveil — to set the alarm

mettre le verrou — to bolt the door

10) ( installer) to put in [chauffage, douche, téléphone, placard]; to put up [rideau, lustre, étagère]

faire mettre le téléphone — to have a telephone put in

mettre du carrelage/de la moquette — to lay tiles/a carpet

faire mettre de la moquette — ( dans plusieurs pièces) to have carpets laid

11) ( écrire) to put up [inscription]

il met que tout va bien — ( dans une lettre) he says ou writes that everything's fine

qu'est-ce que je dois mettre? — what shall I put?

mettre au passif/en anglais — to put into the passive/into English

est-ce qu'on met un trait d'union à ‘multinational’? — is there a hyphen in ‘multinational’?

il faut mettre un trait d'union — you must put a hyphen in

mettez votre signature ici — sign here

mettez le pronom qui convient — ( remplacez) replace with the appropriate pronoun; ( bouchez les trous) insert the appropriate pronom

mettre en musique — to set to music

12) ( ajouter) to add [ingrédient] ( dans to); to put [accessoire]

mettre du sel dans la soupe — to put some salt in the soup

13) ( consacrer)

mettre tout son cœur dans son travail — to put one's heart into one's work

y mettre du sien — to put oneself into it

mettre toute son énergie à faire — to put all one's energy into doing

14) (investir, dépenser) to put [argent] (dans, sur into)

combien pouvez-vous mettre? — ( pour acheter) how much can you afford?; ( pour contribuer) how much can you put in?

15) ( prendre) ( du temps)

elle a (bien) mis une heure — it took her (easily) an hour

mettre un temps fou — (colloq) to take ages (colloq)

16) (colloq) ( vendre)

je vous mets des tomates? — would you like some tomatoes?

17) ( attribuer) to give [note]

18) (colloq) ( dire)

mettons dix dollars/à dix heures — let's say ten dollars/at ten

19) (colloq) ( supposer)

mettons qu'il vienne — supposing he comes

20) (sl) ( ficher)

tu peux te le mettre où je pense or quelque part — you know where you can put it (colloq)

2.

verbe intransitif

mettre bas — gén [vache] to calve; [brebis] to lamb; [jument] to foal

3.

se mettre verbe pronominal

1) (se placer dans un endroit, une position)

se mettre devant la fenêtre — ( debout) to stand in front of the window; ( assis) to sit down in front of the window

se mettre sur les mains — to stand on one's hands

se mettre sur le dos — to lie on one's back

se mettre au lit — to go to bed

se mettre debout — to stand up

ne plus savoir où se mettre — not to know where to put oneself

se mettre les mains sur la tête — to put one's hands on one's head

se mettre les doigts dans le nez — to pick one's nose

où est-ce que ça se met? — where does this go?

2) ( projeter involontairement sur soi) to spill [something] on oneself [liquide, poudre]

se mettre de la confiture — to get jam on oneself

s'en mettre partout — to get it all over oneself

3) ( placer sur son corps) to put on [veste, fard]

je ne sais pas quoi me mettre — I don't know what to put on

4) ( placer dans son corps) to put in

5) ( commencer)

se mettre à l'anglais — to take up English

elle s'est mise à leur recherche — she started looking for them

il va se mettre à pleuvoir — it's going to start raining

il se met à faire du vent — it's starting to get windy

6) ( tourner)

le temps s'est mis au froid/à la pluie — the weather has turned cold/to rain

7) (se placer dans une situation, un état)

se mettre en tort — to put oneself in the wrong

se mettre dans une situation impossible — to get (oneself) into an impossible situation

se mettre dans une sale affaire — to get involved in some shady business

je me mets de ton côté — I'm on your side

je préfère me mettre bien avec lui — I prefer to get on the right side of him

se mettre à l'aise — to make oneself comfortable

on va se mettre ensemble — (colloq) ( sous le même toit) we're going to live together

8) ( s'habiller)

se mettre en tenue d'été — to put on summer clothes

se mettre en jaune — to wear yellow

9) ( se grouper)

ce n'est pas la peine de vous (y) mettre à dix — there's no need for ten of you

ils s'y sont mis à au moins trente — there were at least thirty of them

* * *
mɛtʀ vt
1) (= placer) to put

Où est-ce que tu as mis les clés? — Where have you put the keys?

mettre en bouteille — to bottle

mettre en sac — to put in bags, to put in sacks

mettre qch à la poste — to post sth Grande-Bretagne to mail sth USA

mettre qn en examen pour qch — to charge Grande-Bretagne sb with sth, to indict USA sb for sth

mettre qn debout — to help sb to their feet

2) [vêtements] (= revêtir) to put on, (= porter) to wear

Mets ton gilet. — Put your cardigan on.

Je mets mon manteau et j'arrive. — I'll put on my coat and then I'll be ready.

Je ne mets plus mon manteau. — I no longer wear my coat.

Elle ne met pas souvent de jupe. — She doesn't often wear a skirt.

3) (= faire fonctionner) [chauffage, électricité] to put on, [réveil, minuteur] to set

Il fait froid, je vais mettre le chauffage. — It's cold, I'm going to put the heating on.

mettre en marche — to start

Comment met-on la machine à laver en marche? — How do you start the washing machine?

4) (= installer) [gaz, eau] to put in, to lay on

faire mettre le gaz — to have gas put in, to have gas installed

faire mettre l'électricité — to have electricity put in, to have electricity installed

5) (= consacrer)

mettre du temps à faire qch — to take time to do sth, to take time over sth

mettre 2 heures à faire qch — to take 2 hours to do sth, to take 2 hours over sth

Combien de temps as-tu mis pour aller à Lille? — How long did it take you to get to Lille?

Elle met des heures à se préparer. — She takes hours to get ready.

y mettre du sien — to pull one's weight

6) (= noter, écrire) to put

qu'est-ce qu'il a mis sur la carte? — what did he put on the card?

mettez les mots suivants au pluriel:... — put the following words into the plural:...

7) (= supposer)

mettons que... — let's suppose that..., let's say that...

* * *

mettre verb table: mettre

A vtr

1 (placer dans un endroit, une position) to put [chose, partie du corps, personne]; mettre un vase sur la table/des bûches dans la cheminée/le vin au frais to put a vase on the table/logs on the fire/the wine in a cool place; j'ai mis ta voiture au garage I've put your car in the garage for you; mettre les pieds sur la table/les mains sur la tête to put one's feet on the table/one's hands on one's head; mettre les mains en l'air/un timbre à l'envers to put one's hands up/a stamp on upside down; on m'a mis devant/tout au fond they put me at the front/right at the back; je l'ai mise sur ses pieds I put her on her feet; je mets les enfants à la crèche I send the children to a creche; il m'a mis en bas de chez moi he dropped me off outside my door; on m'a mis debout they stood me up; nous l'avons mise à l'hôtel we put her up at the hotel;

2 ( projeter involontairement) to drop [solide]; to spill [liquide, poudre]; mettre de la confiture sur le tapis to drop jam on the carpet; mettre de la colle/farine partout to spill glue/flour all over the place;

3 ( placer sur le corps) to put on [vêtement, bijou, maquillage, lunettes, préservatif, serviette]; mets ton écharpe put your scarf on; je vais mettre du mascara I'll put some mascara on;

4 ( placer dans le corps) to put in [tampon, suppositoire, plombage]; on m'a mis un plombage I had a filling;

5 ( porter habituellement sur le corps) to wear [lunettes, type de vêtement, parfum]; dans mon école les garçons mettent des cravates in my school boys wear ties; je ne mets jamais de chapeau I never wear a hat;

6 (placer dans une situation, un état) mettre qn dans une situation embarrassante to put sb in an embarrassing situation; mettre qn en colère/en joie to make sb angry/happy; mettre qn en fureur to enrage sb; mettre qn au désespoir to drive sb to despair; mettre qn de bonne/mauvaise humeur to put sb in a good/bad mood; tu me mets hors de moi you infuriate me; mettre qn à la chaîne/à la reliure to put sb on the assembly line/on binding; mettre qn au travail to put sb to work; mettre qn au piano/au latin to start sb on the piano/on Latin; mettre les enfants à regarder la télévision to put the children in front of the television; si vous nous quittez, on mettra quelqu'un d'autre if you leave us, we'll find somebody else; mettre le riz à cuire to put the rice on; mettre le linge à sécher to put the washing out to dry;

7 ( classer) mettre la famille avant tout le reste to put one's family first; mettre ses études au-dessus de tout to put one's studies first; je le mets au premier rang de tous les écrivains I rank him the best writer of all;

8 ( disposer) mettre les assiettes to put the plates on the table; mettre les verres/la moutarde/un cendrier to put out the glasses/the mustard/an ashtray; mettre les chaises/une autre chaise to bring chairs/another chair; mettre une nappe to put on a tablecloth; je t'ai mis des draps propres I've put clean sheets on for you;

9 ( faire fonctionner) mettre la radio/la télévision/le chauffage to put the radio/the television/the heating on; mettre les nouvelles/la deuxième chaîne to put the news/channel 2 on; mettre plus fort to turn up [appareil]; mettre moins fort to turn down [appareil]; mets plus/moins fort! turn it up/down!; mettre les essuie-glaces/les phares to switch on ou put on the windscreen GB ou windshield US wipers/the headlights; mettre le réveil to set the alarm; mettre le verrou to bolt the door; mettre le loquet to latch the door;

10 ( installer) to put in [chauffage, douche, téléphone, placard]; to put up [rideau, lustre, étagère]; faire mettre le téléphone to have a telephone put in; je t'ai mis une prise I've put in a socket for you; mettre de la moquette to lay a carpet; faire mettre de la moquette ( dans une pièce) to have a carpet laid; ( dans plusieurs pièces) to have carpets laid; mettre du carrelage to lay tiles;

11 ( écrire) to put up [inscription]; ils ont mis des graffiti partout/sur la colonne they've put graffiti everywhere/on the column; il met que tout va bien ( dans une lettre) he says ou writes that everything's fine; qu'est-ce que je dois mettre? what shall I put?; mettre au passif/au singulier to put into the passive/into the singular; mettre en vers to put into verse; je t'ai mis un mot I've left you a note; est-ce qu'on met un trait d'union à ‘multinational’? is there a hyphen in ‘multinational’?; il faut mettre un trait d'union you must put a hyphen in; mettre sa signature sur un document to put one's signature to a document; mettez votre signature ici sign here; mettez le pronom qui convient ( remplacez) replace with the appropriate pronoun; ( bouchez les trous) insert the appropriate pronom; mettre en musique to set to music; mettre en anglais to put into English; mettre son brouillon au propre or au net to write out ou up one 's notes;

12 ( ajouter) to add [ingrédient] (dans to); to put [accessoire, élément décoratif]; mettre du sel dans la soupe to put some salt in the soup; mettre un peu de piment dans un récit to add a little spice to a story; mettre une sonnette à son vélo/des pompons à ses pantoufles to put a bell on one's bicycle/pompoms on one's slippers; mettre une radio à sa voiture/une doublure à sa veste to put a radio in one's car/a lining in one's jacket;

13 ( consacrer) mettre tout son cœur dans son travail to put one's heart into one's work; y mettre du sien to put oneself into it; mettre toute son énergie à essayer de comprendre to put all one's energy into trying to understand; mettre des moyens importants au service d'une cause to use all possible means to further a cause; mettre de la rigueur dans sa démarche to become more thorough in one's approach;

14 (investir, dépenser) to put [argent] (dans, sur into); mettre tout son argent dans son commerce to put all one's money into one's business; j'ai tout mis sur le pétrole I've put everything into oil; il a tout mis sur un cheval/une équipe he's put everything on a horse/a team; combien pouvez-vous mettre? ( pour acheter) how much can you afford?; ( pour contribuer) how much can you put in?;

15 ( prendre) [activité] to take [heures, jours, années] (pour faire to do); elle a bien mis une heure it took her easily an hour; mettre un temps fou○ to take ages○;

16 ○( vendre) je vous mets des tomates? would you like some tomatoes?; je vous en mets combien? deux, trois? how many would you like? two, three?;

17 ○( attribuer) je vous ai mis trois sur vingt I've given you three out of twenty;

18 ○( battre) ils nous ont mis trois à zéro they beat us three nil GB ou three to nothing US; je lui ai mis une gifle I gave him/her a slap (across the face); tu veux que je te mette mon poing sur la figure? do you want my fist in your face○?; qu'est-ce qu'il m'a mis! what a thrashing○ he gave me!;

19 ○( partir) les mettre to beat it○; je dois les mettre I'd better beat it;

20 ○( dire) mettons dix dollars/à dix heures let's say ten dollars/at ten;

21 ○( supposer) mettons qu'il vienne, qu'est-ce que vous ferez? supposing ou say he comes, what will you do?;

22 ◑( ficher) tu peux te le mettre où je pense or quelque part you know where you can put○ it ou stick◑ it; va te faire mettre get stuffed◑!

B vi Vét, Zool mettre bas gén to give birth, to drop; [vache] to calve; [brebis] to lamb; [jument] to foal.

C se mettre vpr

1 (se placer dans un endroit, une position) se mettre devant la fenêtre ( debout) to stand in front of the window; ( assis) to sit down in front of the window; ( couché) to lie (down) in front of the window; se mettre sur les mains to stand on one's hands; se mettre sur le dos to lie on one's back; se mettre au lit to go to bed; se mettre debout to stand up; se mettre sur ses jambes to get to one's feet; ne plus savoir où se mettre not to know where to put oneself; se mettre les mains sur la tête to put one's hands on one's head; se mettre les doigts dans le nez to pick one's nose; où est-ce que ça se met? where does this go?;

2 ( projeter involontairement sur soi) to spill [sth] on oneself [liquide, poudre]; se mettre de la confiture to get jam on oneself; se mettre de la boue sur ses chaussures/de l'encre sur le nez/une poussière dans l'œil to get mud on one's shoes/ink on one's nose/some grit in one's eye; s'en mettre partout to get it all over oneself;

3 ( placer sur son corps) to put on [vêtement, bijou, maquillage]; se mettre un foulard/un collier/du rouge à lèvres to put on a scarf/a necklace/lipstick; se mettre de la poudre sur le visage to put some powder on one's face, to powder one's face; je ne sais pas quoi me mettre I don't know what to put on;

4 ( placer dans son corps) to put in [suppositoire, tampon];

5 ( commencer) se mettre à l'anglais/au tennis to take up English/tennis; se mettre à prendre des somnifères to start taking sleeping pills; ma voiture se met à avoir des problèmes my car is starting to go wrong; il va se mettre à pleuvoir it's going to start raining; il se met à faire froid/du vent it's starting to get cold/windy;

6 ( tourner) le temps s'est mis au froid/au beau/à la pluie the weather has turned cold/fine/to rain;

7 ( se lancer) elle s'est mise à leur recherche she started looking for them; je me suis mis sur l'affaire I started looking into the case;

8 (se placer dans une situation, un état) se mettre en tort to put oneself in the wrong; se mettre dans une situation impossible to get (oneself) into an impossible situation; se mettre dans une sale affaire to get involved in some shady business; je me mets de ton côté I'm on your side; je préfère me mettre bien avec lui I prefer to get on the right side of him; se mettre à l'aise to make oneself comfortable; se mettre en colère to get angry; se mettre nu to take off one's clothes; on va se mettre ensemble○ ( sous le même toit) we're going to live together; il s'est mis avec elle○ ( de son côté) he's on her side; ( sous le même toit) he's moved in with her;

9 ( s'habiller) se mettre en tenue d'été to put on summer clothes; se mettre en arlequin to dress up as Harlequin; se mettre en jaune to wear yellow;

10 ( se grouper) ce n'est pas la peine de vous (y) mettre à dix there's no need for ten of you; ils s'y sont mis à au moins trente there were at least thirty of them;

11 ○( manger) je m'en suis mis un maximum I really stuffed○ myself; s'en mettre plein la panse○ or lampe○ or gueule● to stuff○ oneself; qu'est-ce qu'on s'est mis! we really stuffed○ ourselves!;

12 ( se battre) qu'est-ce qu'on s'est mis! we really laid○ into each other!

[mɛtr] verbe transitif

1. [placer] to put

mettre sa confiance/tout son espoir en to put one's trust/all one's hopes in

j'avais mis beaucoup de moi-même dans le projet I'd put a lot into the project

elle a mis son talent au service des défavorisés she used her talent to help the underprivileged

mettre à: mettre une pièce à l'affiche to bill a play

je n'ai pas pu la mettre à l'école du quartier I couldn't get her into the local school

mettre un enfant au lit to put a child to bed

on m'a mis au standard they put me on the switchboard

mettre quelqu'un dans: mettre quelqu'un dans l'avion/le train to put somebody on the plane/the train

mettre ses enfants dans le privé to send one's children to private school

mettre quelqu'un en: mettre un enfant en pension to put a child in a ou to send a child to boarding school

mettre quelque chose sur: mettre 100 euros sur un cheval to put ou to lay 100 euros on a horse

mettre de l'argent sur son compte to put ou to pay some money into one's account

mettre quelqu'un en boîte (familier) to pull somebody's leg

2. [poser horizontalement] to lay, to put

mettre la main sur le bras de quelqu'un to lay ou to put one's hand on somebody's arm

mettre quelque chose à plat to lay something down flat

3. [disposer]

mettre le loquet to put the latch down

4. [ajuster] to set

mettre quelque chose droit to set something straight (sens propre)

mettre une pendule à l'heure to set a clock to the right time

mets la sonnerie à 20 h 30 set the alarm for 8:30 p.m

5. [établir - dans un état, une situation]

mettre quelque chose à: mettre un étang à sec to drain a pond

mettez les verbes à l'infinitif put the verbs into the infinitive

mettre quelqu'un à: mettre quelqu'un à l'amende to fine somebody, to impose a fine on somebody

mettre quelqu'un au travail to set somebody to work, to get somebody working

mettre quelqu'un au désespoir to cause somebody to despair

mettre quelqu'un dans: mettre quelqu'un dans la confidence to let somebody in on ou into the secret

mettre quelqu'un dans l'embarras

a. [perplexité] to put somebody in a predicament

b. [pauvreté] to put somebody in financial difficulty

mettre quelqu'un dans l'obligation de faire quelque chose to oblige somebody to do something

mettre en: mettre une maison en vente to put a house up for sale

mettre du vin en bouteilles to put wine into bottles, to bottle wine

mettre une plante en pot to pot a plant

mettre quelque chose en miettes to smash something to bits

mettre un poème en musique to set a poem to music

mettre quelque chose en vigueur to bring something into force ou operation

mettre quelque chose à: mettre quelque chose à cuire to put something on to cook

mettre quelque chose à réchauffer to heat something up (again)

mettre du linge à sécher to put ou to hang clothes up to dry

mettre quelque chose à tremper to put something to soak, to soak something

6. [fixer] to put

mettre une pièce à un pantalon to put a patch on ou to patch a pair of trousers

mettre un bouton à sa veste to sew a button on one's jacket

[ajouter] to put

il faut lui mettre des piles you have to put batteries in it

j'ai fait mettre de nouveaux verres à mes lunettes I had new lenses put in my glasses

7. [se vêtir, se coiffer, se chausser de] to put on (separable)

[porter régulièrement] to wear

mets une barrette put a (hair) slide in

je lui ai mis son manteau/ses gants I put his coat/his gloves on (for him)

8. [faire fonctionner - appareil] to turn ou to put ou to switch on (separable)

mets de la musique put some music on, play some music

mets les sports (familier) /la première chaîne put on the sport channel/channel one

9. [installer] to put in (separable), to install

faire mettre le chauffage central to have central heating put in ou installed

mettre du papier peint/de la moquette dans une pièce to wallpaper/to carpet a room

10. [consacrer - temps] to take

elle a mis trois mois à me répondre she took three months ou it took her three months to answer me

combien de temps met-on pour y aller? how long does it take to get there?

nous y mettrons le temps/le prix qu'il faudra we'll spend as much time/money as we have to

tu as mis le temps! (familier) you took your time about it!, you took long enough!

tu en a mis du temps pour te décider! you took some time to make up your mind!

mettre de l'argent dans une voiture to put money in ou into a car

11. [écrire] to put

on met un accent sur le "e" "e" takes an accent

on met deux m à "pomme" "pomme" has two m's

mets qu'il a refusé de signer (familier) write ou put down that he refused to sign

12. [supposer]

mettons (let's) say

et mettons que tu gagnes? suppose ou let's say you win?

il faut, mettons, 2 mètres de tissu we need, (let's) say ou shall we say, 2 metres of material

mettons que j'ai mal compris! [acceptation] let's just say I got it wrong!

13. [donner] to give

je vous mets un peu plus de la livre I've put in a bit more than a pound

le prof m'a mis 18 ≃ the teacher gave me an A

14. (familier) [infliger]

qu'est-ce qu'il m'a mis au ping-pong! he really hammered me ou he didn't half thrash me at table tennis!

on leur a mis 5 buts en première mi-temps we hammered in 5 goals against them in the first half

je lui ai mis une bonne claque I gave ou landed him a good clout

qu'est-ce que son père va lui mettre! his father is really going to give it to him!

15. (locution)

on les met! (très familier) let's split! (très familier)

va te faire mettre! (vulgaire) up yours! (très familier)

————————

se mettre verbe pronominal (emploi passif)

1. [dans une position, un endroit - chose] to go

où se mettent les tasses? where do the cups go?

les pieds, ça ne se met pas sur la table! tables aren't made to put your feet on!

2. [aller - vêtement] to go

le noir se met avec tout black goes with everything

————————

se mettre verbe pronominal intransitif

1. [s'installer, s'établir - dans une position]

se mettre debout to stand up

se mettre sur le dos to lie (down) on one's back

mets-toi près de la fenêtre

a. [debout] stand near the window

b. [assis] sit near the window

mettez-vous en cercle arrange yourselves into ou form a circle

je me mets dehors pour travailler I go outside to work

mettez-vous dans la position du lotus get into the lotus position

2. [entrer - dans un état, une situation]

ne te mets pas dans un tel état! don't get (yourself) into such a state!

se mettre en rage to get into a rage

il s'est mis dans une position difficile he's got ou put himself in a difficult situation

3. [s'habiller]

se mettre en to put on

se mettre en pantalon to put on a pair of trousers

elle se met toujours en jupe she always wears a skirt

4. [s'unir]

se mettre avec quelqu'un

a. [pour un jeu] to team up with somebody

b. [pour vivre] to move in with somebody

c. [dans une discussion] to side with somebody

on s'est tous mis ensemble pour acheter le cadeau we all clubbed together to buy the present

on s'est mis par équipes de 6 we split up into ou we formed teams of 6 (people)

ils ont dû s'y mettre à 4 pour porter le buffet it took 4 of them to carry the dresser

5. (locution)

qu'est-ce qu'ils se mettent!

a. (très familier) [dans un combat, un débat] they're really having a go at each other!

b. [en mangeant] they're really getting stuck in!

————————

se mettre verbe pronominal transitif

to put on (separable)

se mettre une belle robe/du parfum to put on a nice dress/some perfume

————————

se mettre à verbe pronominal plus préposition

1. [passer à]

quand le feu se met au rouge when the lights turn ou go red

MÉTÉOROLOGIE

le temps se met au beau it's turning sunny

le temps se met au froid it's getting ou turning cold

2. [commencer]

se mettre au judo to take up judo

se mettre à l'ouvrage to set to work, to get down to work

voilà qu'il se met à pleuvoir! now it's started to rain ou raining!

s'y mettre

a. [au travail] to get down to it

b. [à une activité nouvelle] to have a try

si tu t'y mets aussi, je renonce! if you join in as well, I give up!

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > mettre

4 quedar

v.

1 to be left, to remain.

¿queda azúcar? is there any sugar left?

nos quedan 100 pesos we have 100 pesos left

¿cuánto queda para León? how much farther is it to León?

quedan dos vueltas para que termine la carrera there are two laps to go until the end of the race

quedar por hacer to remain to be done

queda por fregar el suelo the floor has still to be cleaned

Algo queda Something is left, something remains.

Queda un solo carro There is only one car.

Eso queda lejos This is far away.

2 to remain, to stay.

el viaje quedó en proyecto the trip never got beyond the planning stage

¡esto no puede o no va a quedar así! I'm not going to let it rest at this!

3 to look.

te queda un poco corto el traje your suit is a bit too short

quedar bien/mal a alguien to look good/bad on somebody

quedar bien/mal con algo to go well/badly with something

4 to be (informal) (estar situado).

queda por las afueras it's somewhere on the outskirts

¿por dónde queda? whereabouts is it?

5 to keep on, to keep.

Ella quedó trabajando She kept on working.

6 to fit.

Esta camisa me queda (bien) This shirts fits (well).

Queda bien It fits well.

7 to be left with, to have left, to have.

Me quedó un dolar solamente I was left with one dollar only.

8 to get, to become.

Ella quedó alegre She got happy, she became happy.

El caso quedó muy claro The case became very clear.

9 to leave.

Se me quedó mi sombrero I left my hat.

10 to act, to perform, to come across, to do one's part.

Quedé muy bien en la reunión I acted [did my part] very well at the meeting.

11 to be still pending to.

Queda pintar It is still pending to paint.

12 to be left to be done.

13 to be for.

Me queda muy difícil It is very difficult for me.

14 to make an appointment.

* * *

quedar

► verbo intransitivo

1 (permanecer) to remain, stay

■ quedó quieto he remained still

■ la carta quedó abierta the letter was left open

2 figurado (terminar) to end

■ la discusión quedó aquí the discussion ended here

3 (cita) to arrange to meet

■ quedamos en el aeropuerto a las diez we arranged to meet at the airport at ten o'clock

4 (resultado de algo) to be

■ al morir sus padres quedó solo en la vida when his parents died he was left all alone in the world

■ quedó ciego por culpa del accidente he went blind as a result of the accident

■ te ha quedado muy bien la tarta your cake has turned out really well

5 (favorecer) to look, fit

■ el abrigo me queda grande the coat is too big for me

■ esta falda no me queda bien this skirt doesn't fit me

■ allí quedaría bien un cuadro a picture would look nice there

■ ¿qué tal me queda? does it suit me?, how does it look on me?

6 (estar situado) to be

■ ¿por dónde queda? whereabouts is it?

■ eso queda por detrás del cine that's somewhere behind the cinema

7 (restar) to be left, remain

■ quedan tres bombones there are three chocolates left

■ después del incendio sólo quedan las cenizas after the fire only ashes remain

8 (faltar) to be, be still

■ queda mucho que hacer there's a lot to be done

■ quedan cuatro kilómetros para llegar there are still four kilometres to go

9 quedar en (convenir) to agree to

■ quedamos en volver más tarde we agreed to come back later

■ quedamos en que la película no era buena we agreed that it wasn't a good film

10 quedar por + inf not to have been + past participle

■ la cama quedó por hacer the bed had not been made, the bed was left unmade

■ quedan esos platos por lavar there are still those dishes to be washed up

■ queda por ver si llegarán a algún acuerdo it remains to be seen whether they will come to some agreement

11 quedar + gerundio to be, remain

■ cuando me fui el niño quedaba durmiendo when I left the child was sleeping

► verbo pronominal quedarse

1 (permanecer) to remain, stay, be

■ se quedaron una semana they stayed for a week

■ Juan se ha quedado en casa Juan stayed at home

2 (resultado de algo) to be, remain

■ se quedó sin trabajo she lost her job

■ nos quedamos sin dinero we ran out of money

■ quedó entusiasmado he was delighted

3 eufemístico (morirse) to die

4 (mar, viento) to become calm; (viento) to drop

5 quedarse con (retener algo) to keep

■ quédese con el cambio keep the change

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

ahí quedó la cosa that's the way it was left

¿en qué quedamos? so what's it to be?

no quedar títere con cabeza familiar to leave nothing intact

'Queda de usted atentamente...' (en cartas) "Yours faithfully..."

quedar a deber algo to owe something

quedar alguien bien/mal to make a good/bad impression

quedar como un señor/una señora familiar to create a very good impression

quedarse atrás figurado to be left behind

quedarse con alguien familiar to make a fool of somebody, have somebody on

quedarse con la boca abierta figurado to be dumbfounded, be stunned

quedarse con las ganas de algo figurado to go without something

quedarse en blanco to go blank

quedarse sin algo to run out of something

quedarse sin blanca familiar to be broke

quedarse tan tranquilo,-a familiar not to bat an eyelid

quedar en nada to come to nothing

* * *

verb

1) to remain

2) fit, suit

3) be left

4) suit

•

- quedar en
- quedarse
* * *
Para expresiones como quedarse tan ancho, quedarse con las ganas, quedársele grabado algn, quedarse helado, quedarse parado, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) [indicando lugar] to be

eso queda muy lejos — that's a long way away

queda un poco más al oeste — it is a little further west

queda a 6 km de aquí — it's 6 km from here

queda hacia la derecha — it's over to the right

¿por dónde queda Correos? — where's the post office?

queda por aquí — it's around here somewhere

esa cuestión queda fuera de nuestra responsabilidad — that matter lies outside our responsibility

2) [indicando posición]

quedó el penúltimo — he was second last

• quedar [atrás], no quieren quedar atrás en la carrera espacial — they don't want to be left behind {o} fall behind in the space race

la crisis ha quedado atrás — the crisis is behind us

3) [indicando resultado]

a) [con adjetivos, adverbios, locuciones preposicionales, participios]

el autocar quedó destrozado — the coach was wrecked

te ha quedado muy bonita la cocina — you've made a great job of the kitchen

quedó paralítico tras el accidente — the accident left him paralysed

la cara le ha quedado desfigurada — her face has been disfigured

al final quedamos como amigos — we were still friends afterwards

aún no han quedado definidos los criterios — the criteria still haven't been established

la junta ha quedado constituida — the board has been elected

• quedar [ciego] — to go blind

• quedar [huérfano] — to be orphaned

quedó huérfano de padre a los seis años — he lost his father when he was six years old

• quedar [viuda]/[viudo] — to be widowed, lose one's husband/wife

- ahí quedó la cosa

b)

• quedar [en] algo, ¿en qué quedó la conversación? — how did the conversation end?

todas sus promesas quedaron en nada — all her promises came to nothing

al final todo quedó en un susto — it gave us a scare but it turned out all right in the end

c)

• quedar [sin], miles de personas han quedado sin hogar — thousands of people have been left homeless

el proyecto quedó sin realizar — the project was never carried out

la reconstrucción del puente ha quedado sin hacer por falta de presupuesto — the rebuilding of the bridge has been abandoned because of a shortage of funds

4) [en el trato, al hablar]

ha quedado como un canalla — he has shown himself to be a rotter

• quedar [bien], regalando flores siempre queda uno bien — taking flowers always makes a good impression

solo lo ha hecho por quedar bien — he only did it to make himself look good

quedar bien con algn — to make a good impression on sb

• quedar [mal], nos hiciste quedar mal haciendo esas preguntas — you made us look bad by asking those questions

no quiero quedar mal con ellos — I don't want to get on the wrong side of them

por no quedar mal — so as not to cause any offence

• quedar [por] algo — to be left looking like sth

quedé por idiota — I was left looking like an idiot

aunque fue idea de todos, yo quedé por el culpable — although everyone was to blame, it ended up looking as if it was my fault

• quedar en [ridículo], ha quedado en ridículo — he ended up looking a fool

quería que su marido quedara en ridículo — she wanted to make her husband look a fool, she wanted to show her husband up

5) (=permanecer) to stay

quedaron allí una semana — they stayed there a week

quedo a la espera de sus noticias — [en carta] I look forward to hearing from you

6) (=haber todavía) to be left

no queda ninguno — there are none left

¿queda algo de la cena? — is there any dinner left?

no quedan más que escombros — there is nothing left but rubble

no quedaba nadie en el autobús — there was nobody left on the bus

de la ciudad solo queda el castillo — all that remains {o} is left of the city is the castle

no quedó ni un solo edificio en pie — not a single building was left standing

se me cayó un poco de vino, pero no ha quedado ninguna mancha — I spilt some wine, but it didn't leave a stain

si a 8 le quito 2, quedan 6 — if I take 2 from 8, I'm left with {o} it leaves 6

• quedarle [a algn], ¿le quedan entradas para esta noche? — do you have any tickets left for tonight?

me quedan cinco euros — I've got five euros left

no nos queda mucho dinero — we don't have much money left

• quedar [a deber] algo — to owe sth

no tenía suficiente y tuve que quedarle a deber — I didn't have enough money on me, so I had to owe him

me quedó a deber 25 euros — he was left owing me 25 euros

• quedan pocos días [para] la fiesta — the party is only a few days away

nos quedan 12 km para llegar a Badalona — we've still got 12 km to go to Badalona

• quedar [por] hacer, nos queda por pagar la luz — we still have to pay the electricity bill

queda por limpiar la cocina — the kitchen still needs cleaning

eso queda todavía por estudiar — that remains to be studied

• no me queda más [remedio] — I have no alternative (left)

que no quede —

por mí que no quede, yo he ayudado en lo que he podido — it won't be for want of trying on my part, I helped as much as I could

por probar que no quede — there's no harm in trying

tú por ser amable que no quede — nobody could accuse you of not being nice

7) (Educ) [asignatura]

me han quedado las matemáticas — I failed mathematics

8) [ropa] (=ser la talla) to fit; (=sentar) to suit

¿qué tal (de grande) te queda el vestido? — does the dress fit you?

me queda pequeño — it's too small for me

no te queda bien ese vestido — that dress doesn't suit you

te queda bien — it suits you

no queda bien así/aquí — it doesn't look right like that/here

9)

• quedar [en] (=acordar) —

¿quedamos en eso, entonces? — we'll do that, then, all right?

quedar en {o} LAm de hacer algo — to agree to do sth

quedaron en esperar unos días antes de tomar una decisión definitiva — they agreed to wait a few days before taking a final decision

quedamos en vernos mañana — we arranged to meet tomorrow

• quedar en [que] — to agree that

quedamos en que cada uno traería una botella — we agreed that everyone would bring a bottle

¿en qué quedamos? ¿lo compras o no? — so what's it to be then? are you going to buy it or not?

10) (=citarse) to arrange to meet

hemos quedado en la puerta del cine — we've arranged to meet outside the cinema

habíamos quedado, pero no se presentó — we had arranged to meet, but he didn't turn up

¿quedamos a las cuatro? — shall we meet at four?

¿cómo quedamos? — where shall we meet and what time?

• quedar [con] algn — to arrange to meet sb

¿quedamos con ella en la parada? — shall we meet her at the bus stop?

2.

See:

quedarse

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

Sentido I

1) (en un estado, una situación)

quedar viudo/viuda — to be widowed

quedar huérfano — to be orphaned

quedó paralítico — he was left paralyzed

quedar sin hogar/en la miseria — to be left homeless/destitute

el coche quedó como nuevo — the car is as good as new (now)

ha quedado precioso pintado de blanco — it looks beautiful painted white

todo quedó solucionado — everything was sorted out

ha quedado acordado que... — it has been agreed that...

y que esto quede bien claro — and I want to make this quite clear

¿dónde quedamos la clase pasada? — where did we get (up) to in the last class?

¿quién quedó en primer/último lugar? — who was o came first/last?; (+ me/te/le etc)

me quedó muy claro que... — it was quite clear to me that...

el postre le quedó riquísimo — that dessert (he made) was delicious

2) ( en la opinión de los demás)

para no quedar mal — so as not to lose face

si no vamos, quedamos mal — it'll look bad if we don't go

si no voy quedaré mal con ellos — it won't go down very well if I don't turn up

lo hice para quedar bien con el jefe — I did it to get in the boss's good books

quedé muy bien con el regalo — I made a very good impression with my present

me hiciste quedar muy mal diciendo eso — you really showed me up saying that

nos hizo quedar mal a todos — he embarrassed us all

quedó en ridículo — ( por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself; ( por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool

quedé como una ignorante — I made a fool of myself

3) ( permanecer)

¿queda alguien adentro? — is there anyone left inside?

le quedó la cicatriz — she was left with a scar

quedó sin solución — it remained unsolved

esto no puede quedar así — we can't leave things like this

quedamos a la espera de su confirmación — (frml) we await your confirmation (frml)

quedo a sus gratas órdenes — (frml) (Corresp) Sincerely yours (AmE), Yours faithfully (BrE)

quedar EN algo: todo quedó en suspenso everything was left in the air; nuestros planes quedaron en nada our plans came to nothing; quedar atrás — persona to fall behind; rencillas/problemas to be in the past

4) (+ me/te/le etc)

a) tamaño/talla

me queda grande/largo/apretado — it's too big/long/tight for me

la talla 12 le queda bien — the size 12 fits (you/him) fine

b) ( sentar)

el azul/ese peinado te queda muy bien — blue/that hairdo really suits you

Sentido II

5)

a) (acordar, convenir)

quedar EN algo: ¿en qué quedaron? what did you decide?; ¿entonces en qué quedamos? so, what's happening, then?; quedamos en que yo iría we agreed o arranged that I would go; quedar EN or (AmL) DE + INF: quedaron en no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything; quedó en venir a las nueve — she said she would come at nine

b) ( citarse)

¿a qué hora/dónde quedamos? — what time/where shall we meet?

quedé con unos amigos para cenar — I arranged to meet some friends for dinner

Sentido III

6) ( estar situado) to be

queda justo enfrente de la estación — it's right opposite the station; (+ me/te/le etc)

me queda muy lejos/cerca — it's very far/near from where I live (o work etc)

Sentido IV

7) (en 3^a pers)

a) ( haber todavía)

¿queda café? — is there any coffee left?

no quedan entradas — there are no tickets left

sólo quedan las ruinas — only the ruins remain; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿te queda algo de dinero? — do you have any money left?

¿te queda alguna duda? — is there anything you still don't understand?

no nos queda más remedio que ir — we have no choice but to go

ya no me quedan fuerzas — I've no more strength left

b) ( sobrar) comida/vino to be left (over)

8) ( faltar)

queda poco para que acabe la clase — it's not long till the end of the class

¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? — how many kilometers are there to go?; (+ me/te/le etc)

todavía le quedan dos años — he still has two years to go o do

me queda poco para terminar — I've almost finished

quedar POR + INF: queda mucho por ver/visitar there is still a lot to see/visit; aún quedan estudiantes por pagar there are still some students who haven't paid; (+ me/te/le etc) aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do; no me/le queda otra (AmL fam) I have/he has no choice; por... que no quede (Esp fam): venga, por intentarlo que no quede come on, let's at least give it a try; hazlo, por mí que no quede — go ahead, don't let me stop you
2.
1) quedarse v pron

Sentido I

2)

a) ( en un lugar) to stay

quedarse en casa/en la cama — to stay at home/in bed

se quedaron en París/en un hotel — they stayed in Paris/in a hotel

b) (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl)

te estás quedando calvo — you're going bald

quédate tranquilo, yo me ocuparé del asunto — relax, I'll take care of it

quedarse dormido — to fall asleep

¿te quedaste con hambre? — are you still hungry?

me quedé sin postre — I didn't get any dessert

quedarse sin trabajo — to lose one's job

quedarse soltera — to stay single

no me gusta quedarme sola en casa — I don't like being alone in the house

no te quedes ahí parado — don't just stand there!

nos quedamos charlando toda la noche — we spent the whole night chatting

se me quedó mirando — he sat/stood there staring at me, he just stared at me

de repente el motor se quedó — (AmL) the engine suddenly died on me

3) (+ me/te/le etc)

a) (fam) ( memorizar)

no se me quedan los nombres — I don't retain names

no se me queda nada — I don't retain a thing

b) (Andes) ( olvidarse)

se me quedó el paraguas — I left my umbrella behind

c) (Esp) ( llegar a ser)

la casa se les está quedando pequeña — the house is getting (to be) too small for them

Sentido II

4)

quedarse CON algo: se quedó con mi libro she kept my book; entre él y su mujer no sé con cuál me quedo there's not much to choose between him and his wife; me quedo con éste I'll take this one; quedarse con alguien — (Esp fam) ( engañarlo) to take somebody for a ride (colloq)

* * *

= remain.

Ex. Needless to say, any errors which remain are entirely our responsibility.

----

* aunque la mona se vista de seda, mona se queda = You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear, You can take the boy out of the country, but you can't take the country out of the boy.

* el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.

* estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).

* hacer que Uno se quede dormido = put + Nombre + to sleep.

* hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyen = mark + Posesivo + place.

* mecer a Alguien hasta que quede dormido = rock + Nombre + to sleep.

* mente + quedarse en blanco = mind + go blank.

* mientras queden = while stocks last.

* Nombre de Lugar + quedarse chico = outgrow + Nombre de Lugar.

* no quedarse ahí = there + be + more to it than that.

* para que quede más claro = for main effects.

* quedar Algo a Alguien = be left with.

* quedar anulado con el paso del tiempo = be overtaken by events.

* quedar atrapado = get + caught.

* quedar constatado = go on + record.

* quedar deshecho = go to + pieces.

* quedar destrozado = go to + pieces.

* quedar en segundo plano = come in + a poor second.

* quedar en suspenso = go into + abeyance.

* quedar exempto de = discharge from.

* quedar + Expresión Temporal = be + Expresión Temporal + off.

* quedar igual = remain + the same.

* quedar impactado = be impressed.

* quedar impresionado = be impressed.

* quedar impune = go + scot-free, go + scot-free, get away + scot-free.

* quedar inpune = go + unpunished.

* quedar libre = become + vacant.

* quedar mal = lose + face.

* quedar muchísimo por hacer = a great deal more needs to be done.

* quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.

* quedar mucho (para) = have + a long way to go (before), there + be + a long way to go (before).

* quedar mucho por conocer = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.

* quedar mucho por hacer = more needs to be done, have + a long way to go.

* quedar mucho por saber = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.

* quedar patas arriba = flip-flop.

* quedar pendiente = remain, remain + to be done.

* quedar peor = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.

* quedar poco (para) = have + a short way to go (before).

* quedar por hacer = remain + to be done.

* quedar por + Infinitivo = remain + to be + Participio.

* quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.

* quedar registrado = go on + record.

* quedarse = stay, stay behind, board.

* quedarse abandonado en una isla desierta = be stranded on a desert island.

* quedarse a dormir en la casa de un amigo = sleepover.

* quedarse afónico = lose + Posesivo + voice.

* quedarse al margen = stand by.

* quedarse a medias = fall (between/through) + the cracks.

* quedarse anodadado = be speechless, be gobsmacked.

* quedarse anticuado = date.

* quedarse arriba = sit on + top.

* quedarse atascado = get + stuck.

* quedarse atónito = be astonished, be bowled over, stun into + speechlessness.

* quedarse atrancado = get + stuck.

* quedarse atrás = fall behind, hang back, trail, trail behind, be behind.

* quedarse boquiabierto = give + a gasp of, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.

* quedarse completamente atónito = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.

* quedarse con = pocket, cream off.

* quedarse con el culo al aire = come + unstuck.

* quedarse congelado = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse corto = stop + short of, fall + short, fall + short of.

* quedarse dentro de casa = stay + indoors.

* quedarse de piedra = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.

* quedarse dormido = fall + asleep, doze off, nod off, drop off to + sleep, go to + sleep.

* quedarse dormido al volante = fall + asleep at the wheel.

* quedarse embarazada = become + pregnant, be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* quedarse en = stick at.

* quedarse en blanco = go + blank, mind + go blank.

* quedarse encallado = be stranded.

* quedarse en casa = stay + indoors.

* quedarse en el camino = fall by + the wayside.

* quedarse en el mismo sitio = stay + put.

* quedarse en el sitio = die + there and then.

* quedarse en estado = become + pregnant.

* quedarse en la cama hasta tarde = have + a lie-in.

* quedarse en la estacada = be left out on a limb.

* quedarse en la ignorancia = leave + Nombre + in the dark.

* quedarse en silencio = fall + silent, lapse into + silence.

* quedarse en tablas = split down the middle.

* quedarse estancado = stagnate.

* quedarse estupefacto = stun into + speechlessness, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, be speechless, be gobsmacked, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.

* quedar segundo = come off + second-best.

* quedarse hecho polvo = be gutted, feel + gutted.

* quedarse helado = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse huérfano = orphan.

* quedarse igual = be none the wiser.

* quedarse impresionado = be bowled over.

* quedarse inamovible = stay in + place.

* quedarse inmóvil = stay + still.

* quedarse levantado = stay up.

* quedarse mudo = be speechless, be gobsmacked.

* quedarse obsoleto = be overtaken by events, outgrow.

* quedarse parado = stand + still, stand by.

* quedarse pasmado = stun.

* quedarse patidifuso = eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.

* quedarse patitieso = freeze to + death.

* quedarse pequeño = overflow.

* quedarse prendado = smite.

* quedarse prendado de = take + a fancy to, take + a shine to.

* quedarse prendado por = take + a liking to.

* quedarse preñada = become + pregnant, have + a bun in the oven.

* quedarse quieto = stand + still, stand by.

* quedarse ronco = lose + Posesivo + voice.

* quedarse sin = run + short (of), miss out on, run out of, run out.

* quedarse sin aliento = run out of + breath.

* quedarse sin conocimiento = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.

* quedarse sin fuelle = run out of + steam.

* quedarse sin fuerza = lose + steam.

* quedarse sin gas = lose + steam.

* quedarse sin habla = stun into + speechlessness, be speechless, be gobsmacked.

* quedarse sin negocio = go out of + business.

* quedarse sin palabras = stun into + speechlessness, be at a loss for words, be lost for words.

* quedarse sin sentido = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.

* quedarse sin suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.

* quedarse sin voz = lose + Posesivo + voice.

* quedarse sorprendido por = be amazed by, be amazed at.

* quedarse tan fresco = not bat an eyelash, not bat an eyelid.

* quedarse tieso = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse tieso de frío = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse tirado = be stranded.

* quedarse varado = get + stuck, be stranded.

* quedarse viudo = widow.

* quedar sin castigo = go + unpunished.

* quedar un poco = be some way off.

* quedar un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.

* quedar vacante = become + vacant.

* quedar vacío = empty.

* que no queda bien = ill-fitting.

* que queda = surviving.

* que queda mal = ill-fitting.

* que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.

* según quedó indicado en = as was pointed out in.

* siempre queda una esperanza = where there's life there's hope.

* si queda tiempo = time permitting.

* todo queda en casa = all in the family.

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

Sentido I

1) (en un estado, una situación)

quedar viudo/viuda — to be widowed

quedar huérfano — to be orphaned

quedó paralítico — he was left paralyzed

quedar sin hogar/en la miseria — to be left homeless/destitute

el coche quedó como nuevo — the car is as good as new (now)

ha quedado precioso pintado de blanco — it looks beautiful painted white

todo quedó solucionado — everything was sorted out

ha quedado acordado que... — it has been agreed that...

y que esto quede bien claro — and I want to make this quite clear

¿dónde quedamos la clase pasada? — where did we get (up) to in the last class?

¿quién quedó en primer/último lugar? — who was o came first/last?; (+ me/te/le etc)

me quedó muy claro que... — it was quite clear to me that...

el postre le quedó riquísimo — that dessert (he made) was delicious

2) ( en la opinión de los demás)

para no quedar mal — so as not to lose face

si no vamos, quedamos mal — it'll look bad if we don't go

si no voy quedaré mal con ellos — it won't go down very well if I don't turn up

lo hice para quedar bien con el jefe — I did it to get in the boss's good books

quedé muy bien con el regalo — I made a very good impression with my present

me hiciste quedar muy mal diciendo eso — you really showed me up saying that

nos hizo quedar mal a todos — he embarrassed us all

quedó en ridículo — ( por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself; ( por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool

quedé como una ignorante — I made a fool of myself

3) ( permanecer)

¿queda alguien adentro? — is there anyone left inside?

le quedó la cicatriz — she was left with a scar

quedó sin solución — it remained unsolved

esto no puede quedar así — we can't leave things like this

quedamos a la espera de su confirmación — (frml) we await your confirmation (frml)

quedo a sus gratas órdenes — (frml) (Corresp) Sincerely yours (AmE), Yours faithfully (BrE)

quedar EN algo: todo quedó en suspenso everything was left in the air; nuestros planes quedaron en nada our plans came to nothing; quedar atrás — persona to fall behind; rencillas/problemas to be in the past

4) (+ me/te/le etc)

a) tamaño/talla

me queda grande/largo/apretado — it's too big/long/tight for me

la talla 12 le queda bien — the size 12 fits (you/him) fine

b) ( sentar)

el azul/ese peinado te queda muy bien — blue/that hairdo really suits you

Sentido II

5)

a) (acordar, convenir)

quedar EN algo: ¿en qué quedaron? what did you decide?; ¿entonces en qué quedamos? so, what's happening, then?; quedamos en que yo iría we agreed o arranged that I would go; quedar EN or (AmL) DE + INF: quedaron en no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything; quedó en venir a las nueve — she said she would come at nine

b) ( citarse)

¿a qué hora/dónde quedamos? — what time/where shall we meet?

quedé con unos amigos para cenar — I arranged to meet some friends for dinner

Sentido III

6) ( estar situado) to be

queda justo enfrente de la estación — it's right opposite the station; (+ me/te/le etc)

me queda muy lejos/cerca — it's very far/near from where I live (o work etc)

Sentido IV

7) (en 3^a pers)

a) ( haber todavía)

¿queda café? — is there any coffee left?

no quedan entradas — there are no tickets left

sólo quedan las ruinas — only the ruins remain; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿te queda algo de dinero? — do you have any money left?

¿te queda alguna duda? — is there anything you still don't understand?

no nos queda más remedio que ir — we have no choice but to go

ya no me quedan fuerzas — I've no more strength left

b) ( sobrar) comida/vino to be left (over)

8) ( faltar)

queda poco para que acabe la clase — it's not long till the end of the class

¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? — how many kilometers are there to go?; (+ me/te/le etc)

todavía le quedan dos años — he still has two years to go o do

me queda poco para terminar — I've almost finished

quedar POR + INF: queda mucho por ver/visitar there is still a lot to see/visit; aún quedan estudiantes por pagar there are still some students who haven't paid; (+ me/te/le etc) aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do; no me/le queda otra (AmL fam) I have/he has no choice; por... que no quede (Esp fam): venga, por intentarlo que no quede come on, let's at least give it a try; hazlo, por mí que no quede — go ahead, don't let me stop you
2.
1) quedarse v pron

Sentido I

2)

a) ( en un lugar) to stay

quedarse en casa/en la cama — to stay at home/in bed

se quedaron en París/en un hotel — they stayed in Paris/in a hotel

b) (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl)

te estás quedando calvo — you're going bald

quédate tranquilo, yo me ocuparé del asunto — relax, I'll take care of it

quedarse dormido — to fall asleep

¿te quedaste con hambre? — are you still hungry?

me quedé sin postre — I didn't get any dessert

quedarse sin trabajo — to lose one's job

quedarse soltera — to stay single

no me gusta quedarme sola en casa — I don't like being alone in the house

no te quedes ahí parado — don't just stand there!

nos quedamos charlando toda la noche — we spent the whole night chatting

se me quedó mirando — he sat/stood there staring at me, he just stared at me

de repente el motor se quedó — (AmL) the engine suddenly died on me

3) (+ me/te/le etc)

a) (fam) ( memorizar)

no se me quedan los nombres — I don't retain names

no se me queda nada — I don't retain a thing

b) (Andes) ( olvidarse)

se me quedó el paraguas — I left my umbrella behind

c) (Esp) ( llegar a ser)

la casa se les está quedando pequeña — the house is getting (to be) too small for them

Sentido II

4)

quedarse CON algo: se quedó con mi libro she kept my book; entre él y su mujer no sé con cuál me quedo there's not much to choose between him and his wife; me quedo con éste I'll take this one; quedarse con alguien — (Esp fam) ( engañarlo) to take somebody for a ride (colloq)

* * *

= remain.

Ex: Needless to say, any errors which remain are entirely our responsibility.

* aunque la mona se vista de seda, mona se queda = You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear, You can take the boy out of the country, but you can't take the country out of the boy.

* el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.

* estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).

* hacer que Uno se quede dormido = put + Nombre + to sleep.

* hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyen = mark + Posesivo + place.

* mecer a Alguien hasta que quede dormido = rock + Nombre + to sleep.

* mente + quedarse en blanco = mind + go blank.

* mientras queden = while stocks last.

* Nombre de Lugar + quedarse chico = outgrow + Nombre de Lugar.

* no quedarse ahí = there + be + more to it than that.

* para que quede más claro = for main effects.

* quedar Algo a Alguien = be left with.

* quedar anulado con el paso del tiempo = be overtaken by events.

* quedar atrapado = get + caught.

* quedar constatado = go on + record.

* quedar deshecho = go to + pieces.

* quedar destrozado = go to + pieces.

* quedar en segundo plano = come in + a poor second.

* quedar en suspenso = go into + abeyance.

* quedar exempto de = discharge from.

* quedar + Expresión Temporal = be + Expresión Temporal + off.

* quedar igual = remain + the same.

* quedar impactado = be impressed.

* quedar impresionado = be impressed.

* quedar impune = go + scot-free, go + scot-free, get away + scot-free.

* quedar inpune = go + unpunished.

* quedar libre = become + vacant.

* quedar mal = lose + face.

* quedar muchísimo por hacer = a great deal more needs to be done.

* quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.

* quedar mucho (para) = have + a long way to go (before), there + be + a long way to go (before).

* quedar mucho por conocer = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.

* quedar mucho por hacer = more needs to be done, have + a long way to go.

* quedar mucho por saber = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.

* quedar patas arriba = flip-flop.

* quedar pendiente = remain, remain + to be done.

* quedar peor = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.

* quedar poco (para) = have + a short way to go (before).

* quedar por hacer = remain + to be done.

* quedar por + Infinitivo = remain + to be + Participio.

* quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.

* quedar registrado = go on + record.

* quedarse = stay, stay behind, board.

* quedarse abandonado en una isla desierta = be stranded on a desert island.

* quedarse a dormir en la casa de un amigo = sleepover.

* quedarse afónico = lose + Posesivo + voice.

* quedarse al margen = stand by.

* quedarse a medias = fall (between/through) + the cracks.

* quedarse anodadado = be speechless, be gobsmacked.

* quedarse anticuado = date.

* quedarse arriba = sit on + top.

* quedarse atascado = get + stuck.

* quedarse atónito = be astonished, be bowled over, stun into + speechlessness.

* quedarse atrancado = get + stuck.

* quedarse atrás = fall behind, hang back, trail, trail behind, be behind.

* quedarse boquiabierto = give + a gasp of, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.

* quedarse completamente atónito = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.

* quedarse con = pocket, cream off.

* quedarse con el culo al aire = come + unstuck.

* quedarse congelado = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse corto = stop + short of, fall + short, fall + short of.

* quedarse dentro de casa = stay + indoors.

* quedarse de piedra = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.

* quedarse dormido = fall + asleep, doze off, nod off, drop off to + sleep, go to + sleep.

* quedarse dormido al volante = fall + asleep at the wheel.

* quedarse embarazada = become + pregnant, be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.

* quedarse en = stick at.

* quedarse en blanco = go + blank, mind + go blank.

* quedarse encallado = be stranded.

* quedarse en casa = stay + indoors.

* quedarse en el camino = fall by + the wayside.

* quedarse en el mismo sitio = stay + put.

* quedarse en el sitio = die + there and then.

* quedarse en estado = become + pregnant.

* quedarse en la cama hasta tarde = have + a lie-in.

* quedarse en la estacada = be left out on a limb.

* quedarse en la ignorancia = leave + Nombre + in the dark.

* quedarse en silencio = fall + silent, lapse into + silence.

* quedarse en tablas = split down the middle.

* quedarse estancado = stagnate.

* quedarse estupefacto = stun into + speechlessness, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, be speechless, be gobsmacked, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.

* quedar segundo = come off + second-best.

* quedarse hecho polvo = be gutted, feel + gutted.

* quedarse helado = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse huérfano = orphan.

* quedarse igual = be none the wiser.

* quedarse impresionado = be bowled over.

* quedarse inamovible = stay in + place.

* quedarse inmóvil = stay + still.

* quedarse levantado = stay up.

* quedarse mudo = be speechless, be gobsmacked.

* quedarse obsoleto = be overtaken by events, outgrow.

* quedarse parado = stand + still, stand by.

* quedarse pasmado = stun.

* quedarse patidifuso = eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.

* quedarse patitieso = freeze to + death.

* quedarse pequeño = overflow.

* quedarse prendado = smite.

* quedarse prendado de = take + a fancy to, take + a shine to.

* quedarse prendado por = take + a liking to.

* quedarse preñada = become + pregnant, have + a bun in the oven.

* quedarse quieto = stand + still, stand by.

* quedarse ronco = lose + Posesivo + voice.

* quedarse sin = run + short (of), miss out on, run out of, run out.

* quedarse sin aliento = run out of + breath.

* quedarse sin conocimiento = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.

* quedarse sin fuelle = run out of + steam.

* quedarse sin fuerza = lose + steam.

* quedarse sin gas = lose + steam.

* quedarse sin habla = stun into + speechlessness, be speechless, be gobsmacked.

* quedarse sin negocio = go out of + business.

* quedarse sin palabras = stun into + speechlessness, be at a loss for words, be lost for words.

* quedarse sin sentido = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.

* quedarse sin suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.

* quedarse sin voz = lose + Posesivo + voice.

* quedarse sorprendido por = be amazed by, be amazed at.

* quedarse tan fresco = not bat an eyelash, not bat an eyelid.

* quedarse tieso = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse tieso de frío = be frozen stiff.

* quedarse tirado = be stranded.

* quedarse varado = get + stuck, be stranded.

* quedarse viudo = widow.

* quedar sin castigo = go + unpunished.

* quedar un poco = be some way off.

* quedar un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.

* quedar vacante = become + vacant.

* quedar vacío = empty.

* que no queda bien = ill-fitting.

* que queda = surviving.

* que queda mal = ill-fitting.

* que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.

* según quedó indicado en = as was pointed out in.

* siempre queda una esperanza = where there's life there's hope.

* si queda tiempo = time permitting.

* todo queda en casa = all in the family.

* * *

quedar [A1 ]

vi

Sentido I

A

(en un estado, una situación): quedó viuda muy joven she was widowed o she lost her husband when she was very young

quedó huérfano a los siete años he was orphaned when he was seven years old

tuvo un ataque y quedó paralítico he had a stroke and was left paralyzed

cientos de familias quedaron sin hogar/en la miseria hundreds of families were left homeless/destitute

las calles quedaron desiertas the streets were left deserted

el sombrero quedó hecho un acordeón the hat was o got squashed flat

el coche ha quedado como nuevo the car is as good as new (now)

algunas fotos quedaron mal some of the photos came out badly

ha quedado precioso pintado de blanco it looks beautiful painted white

ha quedado acordado que … it has been agreed that …

y que esto quede bien claro and I want to make this quite clear

¿cómo quedó la cosa? ¿quién tenía razón? what happened in the end? who was right?

¿dónde quedamos la clase pasada? where did we get (up) to in the last class?

¿quién quedó en primer/último lugar? who was o who came first/last?

(+ me/te/le etc): no me había quedado claro y se lo pregunté otra vez I hadn't quite understood o I hadn't got things quite clear, so I asked him again

el postre te quedó riquísimo that dessert (you made) was delicious

¿quién la queda? (Ur) (en juegos) who's `it'? ( colloq)

B

(en la opinión de los demás): si no vamos, quedamos mal it'll look bad if we don't go

quedarás muy bien con ese regalo it's a lovely present, they'll be delighted

me hiciste quedar muy mal diciendo eso you really showed me up saying that

se emborrachó y nos hizo quedar mal a todos he got drunk and embarrassed us all

quedó en ridículo (por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself; (por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool

quedar mal/bien con algn: si no voy quedaré mal con ellos they won't think much of me o it won't go down very well if I don't turn up

no se puede quedar bien con todo el mundo you can't please everybody

los invitó a todos para no quedar mal con nadie he invited them all so as not to offend anyone o to cause any offense*

C

(permanecer): quedaron en casa they stayed at home

¿queda alguien adentro? is there anyone left inside?

le quedó la cicatriz she was left with a scar

lo lavé pero le quedó la mancha I washed it but the stain didn't come out

esto no puede quedar así we can't leave/I'm not going to leave things like this

quedamos a la espera de su notificación ( frml); we await your notification ( frml)

quedo a sus gratas órdenes ( frml) ( Corresp) Sincerely yours ( AmE), Yours faithfully o ( frml) I remain, yours faithfully ( BrE)

le quedo a deber 5 euros I owe you 5 euros

quedar EN algo:

todo ha quedado en un mero proyecto none of it has got beyond the planning stage

todos nuestros planes quedaron en nada all our plans came to nothing

quedar atrás: pronto quedó atrás he soon fell behind

hemos tenido nuestras diferencias pero todo eso ha quedado atrás we've had our differences but all that's behind us now o that's all water under the bridge now

D (+ me/te/le etc)

1

«tamaño/talla»: me queda grande/largo/apretado it's too big/long/tight for me

la talla 12 le queda bien or (Col, Méx) le queda the size 12 fits (you/him) fine

2

(sentar): el azul te queda muy bien blue really suits you, you look really good in blue

ese peinado le quedaba muy bien that hairstyle really suited her, her hair looked really good like that

ese vestido te queda estupendo that dress looks fantastic on you, you look great in that dress

Sentido II

A (acordar, convenir) quedar EN algo:

quedamos en eso, vienes tú a mi casa let's do that, then, you come to my house, so that's agreed, you're coming to my house

¿al final en qué quedaron? what did you decide/arrange/agree in the end?

¿en qué quedamos? ¿lo quieres o no? well o so, do you want it or not?

¿entonces en qué quedamos? ¿nos vemos mañana o no? so, what's happening, then? are we meeting tomorrow or not?

quedar EN + INFor ( AmL) quedar DE + INF:

quedaron en no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything

quedó en venir a las nueve she said she would come at nine, she arranged to come at nine

quedar EN QUE:

quedamos en que iría él a recogerlo we agreed o arranged that he would go and pick it up

B

(citarse): me tengo que ir porque he quedado con Rafael I have to go because I've arranged to meet Rafael

¿a qué hora/dónde quedamos? what time/where shall we meet?

quedé con unos amigos para cenar I arranged to meet some friends for dinner, I arranged to go out for dinner with some friends

Sentido III (estar situado) to be

queda justo enfrente de la estación it's right opposite the station

(+ me/te/le etc): puedo ir yo, me queda muy cerca I can go, it's very near where I live ( o work etc)

Sentido IV ( en tercera persona)

A

1

(haber todavía): no queda café there's no coffee left

no quedan entradas there are no tickets left

sólo quedan las ruinas only the ruins remain

(+ me/te/le etc): es el único pariente que me queda he is the only relative I have left, he is my only living relative

¿te queda algo de dinero? do you have any money left?

¿te ha quedado alguna duda? is there anything you still don't understand?

me han quedado dos asignaturas (pendientes) I have to make up two subjects o take two subjects over ( AmE), I have to retake two subjects ( BrE)

no nos queda más remedio que ir we have no alternative o no choice but to go, we'll just have to go

ya no me quedan fuerzas para seguir I no longer have the strength to go on, I don't have the strength to go on any more

me queda la satisfacción de haber cumplido con mi deber I have the satisfaction of having done my duty

2 (sobrar) to be left, be left over

me comí la ensalada que había quedado del almuerzo I ate up the salad that was left (over) from lunch

el vino que quede se puede guardar para la próxima fiesta we can keep any wine that's left (over) for the next party

B

1

(faltar): quedan cinco minutos para que acabe la clase there are five minutes to go to o five minutes left to the end of the class

¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? how many kilometers are there to go?, how far is it now?

(+ me/te/le etc): todavía le quedan dos años he still has two years to go o do

¡ánimo! ¡ya te queda poco para terminar! come on! you've almost finished!

2 quedar POR + INF:

quedan tres pacientes por ver there are three more patients to be seen

aún queda gente por pagar some people haven't paid yet, some people still haven't paid

(+ me/te/le etc): aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do

no me/le queda otra ( AmL fam); I have/he has no choice

por … que no quede ( Esp fam): venga, por intentarlo que no quede come on, let's at least give it a try

hazlo, por mí que no quede go ahead, don't let me stop you

■ quedarse

v pron

Sentido I

A

1 (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):

te estás quedando calvo you're going bald

se quedó huérfana/sorda a los seis años she was orphaned/she went deaf when she was six years old

cuando se fue me quedé muy sola when he left I felt very lonely

me quedé helado cuando me lo dijo I was staggered when she told me

quédate tranquilo, yo me ocuparé del asunto don't (you) worry about it, I'll take care of it

me quedé dormido en el sofá I fell asleep on the sofa

embarazada¹ (↑ embarazada (1))

2

quedarse con/sin algo: ¿te has quedado con hambre? are you still hungry?

me quedé sin postre I didn't get any dessert

se ha quedado sin trabajo she's out of work, she's lost her job

me quedé sin saber qué había pasado I never did find out what had happened

3

( Esp) (llegar a ser) (+ me/te/le etc): el vestido se te ha quedado corto the dress is too short on you now

la casa se les está quedando pequeña the house is getting (to be) too small for them

4 (olvidarse) (+ me/te/le etc):

se me quedó el paraguas I left my umbrella behind

B

1

(permanecer): pienso quedarme soltera I intend to stay single

no me gusta quedarme sola en casa I don't like being (left) on my own o being alone in the house

no te quedes ahí parado y haz algo don't just stand there, do something!

nos quedamos charlando toda la noche we spent the whole night chatting

se me quedó mirando he sat/stood there staring at me, he just stared at me

la escena se me ha quedado grabada en la memoria the scene has remained engraved o is engraved on my memory

iba para pintor pero se quedó en profesor de dibujo he set out to be a painter but he ended up as an art teacher

se quedó en la mesa de operaciones ( euf); he died on the operating table

de repente el motor se quedó ( AmL); the engine suddenly died on me

2 (en un lugar) to stay

quédate aquí stay here

me quedé a dormir en su casa I spent o stayed the night at his house

nos quedamos en un hotel/en casa de unos amigos we stayed at a hotel/with some friends

se tuvo que quedar en el hospital una semana más she had to stay o remain in (the) hospital for another week

se quedó en casa/en la cama todo el día she stayed at home/in bed all day

Sentido II

A ‹cambio/lápiz› to keep

quédatelo, yo tengo otro keep it, I have another one

quedarse CON algo:

quédate con la foto si quieres you can keep the photo o ( colloq) hang on to the photo if you want

se quedó con mi libro she kept my book, she didn't give my book back

entre él y su mujer no sé con cuál de los dos me quedo there's not much to choose between him and his wife

si me lo rebaja me quedo con él if you knock something off the price, I'll take it ( colloq)

quedarse con algn ( Esp fam) (burlarse de él) to have sb on ( colloq) (engañarlo) to take sb for a ride ( colloq)

B

( Chi) «pierna/brazo» (+ me/te/le etc): quiso levantarse pero se le quedó la pierna he tried to get up but he couldn't move his leg

se le queda la pierna al caminar he drags one leg when he walks

* * *

quedar ( conjugate quedar) verbo intransitivo
1 (en un estado, una situación):
◊ quedar viudo/huérfano to be widowed/orphaned;

quedó paralítico he was left paralyzed;
el coche quedó como nuevo the car is as good as new (now);
y que esto quede bien claro and I want to make this quite clear;
¿quién quedó en primer lugar? who was o came first?
2 ( en la opinión de los demás):
◊ si no voy quedaré mal con ellos it won't go down very well o it'll look bad if I don't turn up;

lo hice para quedar bien con el jefe I did it to get in the boss's good books;
quedé muy bien con el regalo I made a very good impression with my present;
me hiciste quedar muy mal diciendo eso you really showed me up saying that;
nos hizo quedar mal a todos he embarrassed us all;
quedó en ridículo ( por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself;

( por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool
3 ( permanecer):
◊ ¿queda alguien adentro? is there anyone left inside?;

le quedó la cicatriz she was left with a scar;
esto no puede quedar así we can't leave things like this;
nuestros planes quedaron en nada our plans came to nothing;
quedar atrás [ persona] to fall behind;

[rencillas/problemas] to be in the past
4 (+ me/te/le etc)
a) [tamaño/talla]:

◊ me queda largo it's too long for me;

la talla 12 le queda bien the size 12 fits (you/him) fine
b) ( sentar):

◊ el azul le queda bien/mal blue suits her/doesn't suit her

a) (acordar, convenir):

◊ ¿en qué quedaron? what did you decide?;

¿entonces en qué quedamos? so, what's happening, then?;
quedaron en or (AmL) de no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything;
quedó en or (AmL) de venir a las nueve she said she would come at nine
b) ( citarse):

◊ ¿a qué hora quedamos? what time shall we meet?;

quedé con unos amigos para cenar I arranged to meet some friends for dinner
( estar situado) to be;
◊ queda justo entrente de la estación it's right opposite the station;

me queda muy lejos it's very far from where I live (o work etc)
(en 3a pers)
1
a) ( haber todavía) to be left;

◊ ¿te queda algo de dinero? do you have any money left?;

¿queda café? is there any coffee left?;
solo quedan las ruinas only the ruins remain;
no nos queda más remedio que ir we have no choice but to go
b) ( sobrar) [comida/vino] to be left (over)

2 ( faltar):
◊ queda poco para que acabe la clase it's not long till the end of the class;

¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? how many kilometers are there to go?;
todavía le quedan dos años he still has two years to go o do;
queda mucho por ver there is still a lot to see;
aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do;
no me/le queda otra (fam) I have/he has no choice
quedarse verbo pronominal
1
a) (en un lugar, país) to stay;

◊ quedarse en la cama to stay in bed

b) (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):

◊ te estás quedando calvo you're going bald;

quedarse dormido to fall asleep;
quedarse sin trabajo to lose one's job
2 (+ me/te/le etc)
a) ( permanecer):

◊ quedarse soltera to stay single;

no me gusta quedarme sola en casa I don't like being alone in the house;
no te quedes ahí parado don't just stand there!;
nos quedamos charlando hasta tarde we went on chatting until late in the evening;
se me quedó mirando he sat/stood there staring at me;
de repente el motor se quedó (AmL) the engine suddenly died on me
b) (Andes) ( olvidarse):

◊ se me quedó el paraguas I left my umbrella behind

c) (Esp) ( llegar a ser):

◊ la casa se les está quedando pequeña the house is getting (to be) too small for them

‹cambio/lápiz› to keep;
◊ se quedó con mi libro she kept my book;

me quedo con este I'll take this one
quedar verbo intransitivo
1 (en un estado) quedar bien, (una persona) to make a good impression
(un objeto) to look nice
quedar en ridículo, to make a fool of oneself
2 (en un lugar) to be: mi casa no queda lejos, my house is not far from here
3 (sobrar) to be left: ¿queda más té?, is there any tea left?
4 (faltar) (tiempo) to go: quedan dos días para las vacaciones, there are two days to go till the holidays
5 (convenir) to agree: quedamos en ir al cine, we agreed to go to the cinema
6 (citarse) to meet: quedaré con mi hermana, I'll arrange to meet my sister
7 (una ropa, un peinado, etc) to suit: te queda grande, it's too big for you
' quedar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
betún
- cumplir
- descolgarse
- embarazarse
- enmudecer
- estar
- lucirse
- restar
- sobrar
- sopa
- venir
- aire
- aislado
- anillo
- bailar
- calle
- constar
- descubierto
- desmano
- enganchar
- faltar
- lejísimos
- manifiesto
- mano
- rezagado
- tabla
English:
air
- appal
- appall
- arrange
- date
- egg
- fit
- flu
- gasp
- go
- leave
- lie
- long
- meet
- one-upmanship
- remain
- rest
- side
- smoke
- stand
- stand about
- stand around
- agree
- alternatively
- catch
- come
- get
- keep
- narrow
- out
- over
- place
- remand
- runner
- scar
- scot-free
- show
- strand
- unpunished
- water
- widow

* * *

quedar

♦ vi

1. [permanecer] to remain, to stay;

nuestros problemas quedaron sin resolver our problems remained unsolved;

los tipos de interés han quedado al mismo nivel interest rates have stayed o remained at the same level;

no le quedaron secuelas del accidente he suffered no after-effects from the accident;
Andes, RP
en el apuro, quedaron los abrigos the coats got left behind o forgotten in the rush;

quedo a su entera disposición para cualquier consulta [en cartas] I am available to answer any enquiries you may have;

todo quedó en un buen susto she suffered nothing worse than a shock;

el viaje quedó en proyecto the trip never got beyond the planning stage;

¡esto no puede o [m5] no va a quedar así! I'm not going to let it rest at this!;

todos nuestros problemas han quedado atrás all our problems are behind us now

2. [haber aún] to be left, to remain;

¿queda azúcar? is there any sugar left?;

no queda azúcar there isn't any sugar left;

no nos queda leche we're out of milk;

queda gente dentro haciendo el examen there are still some people left inside doing the exam;

queda poco del casco antiguo de la ciudad little remains of the old part of the city;

nos quedan 50 pesos we have 50 pesos left;

lo que quede dáselo al perro give whatever's left over to the dog;

no me quedan ganas de seguir hablando I don't feel like talking any more;

me queda la esperanza de volver algún día I can only hope that one day I will return;

Comp
Am
no queda otra there's nothing else for it;

voy a tener que vender el auto para pagar las cuentas, no queda otra I'm going to have to sell the car to pay the bills, there's nothing else for it

3. [faltar]
¿cuánto queda para Buenos Aires? how much further is it to Buenos Aires?;

quedan dos vueltas para que termine la carrera there are two laps to go until the end of the race;

queda poco/un mes para las vacaciones there's not long to go/there's a month to go until the holidays, it's not long/it's a month until the holidays;

queda mucho para mi cumpleaños my birthday's a long way off;

me quedan dos días para terminar el trabajo I have two days (left) to finish the work;

sólo me queda despedirme hasta la próxima semana all that remains is for me to say goodbye until next week;

quedar por hacer to remain to be done;

queda por fregar el suelo the floor has still to be cleaned;

nos quedan bastantes sitios por visitar we still have quite a lot of places to visit

4. [mostrarse, dar cierta imagen]
quedar bien/mal (con alguien) to make a good/bad impression (on sb);

le gusta quedar bien con todo el mundo he likes to keep everyone happy;

quedaste estupendamente trayendo flores you made a very good impression by bringing flowers;

voy a quedar fatal si no voy it'll look really bad if I don't go;

no me hagas quedar mal don't show me up;

quedaste como un mentiroso you ended up looking like o you came across like a liar;

quedó como un idiota he ended up o he was left looking stupid

5. [resultar]
el trabajo ha quedado perfecto the job turned out perfectly;

el cuadro queda muy bien ahí the picture looks great there;

el salón os ha quedado muy bonito the living-room has turned out lovely, you've made a great job of the living-room;

quedar claro to be clear;

no quiero que llegues después de las once, ¿queda claro? I don't want you back later than eleven, is that clear?;

quedar en [llegar, acabar] to end in;

quedar en quinto lugar, quedar el quinto to come fifth;

quedar en nada to come to nothing;
RP Fam
quedamos en veremos we left it open

6. [sentar]
te queda un poco corto el traje your suit is a bit too short;

esta falda me queda un poco justa this skirt is a bit tight;

¡qué bien te queda ese traje! that dress really suits you!, you look great in that dress!;

esa camisa te queda mal that shirt doesn't suit you;

¿te quedan bien los zapatos? do the shoes fit you?;

quedar bien/mal con algo to go well/badly with sth;
Méx
este pantalón no me queda these Br trousers o US pants don't suit me;
Méx
esas cortinas le quedan mal al salón those curtains don't go well in the living-room

7. [citarse]
quedar (con alguien) to arrange to meet (sb);

¿cuándo/dónde quedamos? when/where shall we meet?;

hemos quedado el lunes we've arranged to meet on Monday;

he quedado con Juan para jugar al tenis I've arranged to play tennis with Juan

8. [acordar]
quedar en algo to agree on sth;

quedar en o Am [m5] de hacer algo to agree to do sth;

¿en qué has quedado? what have you decided to do?;

quedar en que… to agree that…;

quedé con ellos en que iría I told them I'd go;

¿en qué quedamos? what's it to be, then?

9. [estar situado] to be;

queda por las afueras it's somewhere on the outskirts;

¿por dónde queda? whereabouts is it?

10. [asignatura]
me queda el inglés de primero I still haven't passed first-year English;

¿cuántas te han quedado? how many subjects from last year do you have to resit this year?

♦ vt
RP Fam
quedarla: no apuestes todo a una sola posibilidad porque si no sale, la quedás don't put all your eggs in one basket because if it doesn't work out, you've had it;

¿quién la queda? [en juego] who's counting?

♦ v impersonal

por mí que no quede don't let me be the one to stop you;

que no quede por falta de dinero we don't want it to fall through for lack of money;

por probar que no quede we should at least try it

♦ See also the pronominal verb quedarse

* * *

quedar

v/i

1 ( permanecer) stay;

esto queda entre nosotros this is just between us;

quedar cerca be nearby

2 en un estado be;

quedó sin resolver it remained unresolved, it wasn’t sorted out;

¿cómo quedó? how did it end up?;

queda por hacer it still has o needs to be done

3 ( sentar)

:

te queda bien/mal de estilo it suits you/doesn’t suit you; de talla it fits you/doesn’t fit you

4 ( sobrar) be left;

¿queda mucho tiempo? is there much time left?;

no queda nada de tiempo time’s almost up; distancia it’s not far now

5 ( encontrarse)

:

quedar con alguien fam arrange to meet (with) s.o.;

¿dónde habíamos quedado? where had we arranged to meet?

6 ( acordar)

:

quedar en algo agree to sth;

¿en qué quedamos? what did we agree?

7

:

por mí que no quede it’s fine by me

* * *

quedar vi

1) permanecer: to remain, to stay

2) : to be

quedamos contentos con las mejoras: we were pleased with the improvements

3) : to be situated

queda muy lejos: it's very far, it's too far away

4) : to be left

quedan sólo dos alternativas: there are only two options left

5) : to fit, to suit

estos zapatos no me quedan: these shoes don't fit

6)

quedar bien (mal) : to turn out well (badly)

7)

quedar en : to agree, to arrange

¿en qué quedamos?: what's the arrangement, then?

♦ See also the reflexive verb quedarse

* * *

quedar vb

1. (haber) to be left

queda un poco de jamón there's a bit of ham left

¿quedan cebollas? are there any onions left?

2. (permanecer) to remain

aún quedan las murallas romanas the Roman walls still remain

3. (tener) to have left

me quedan mil pesetas I've got a thousand pesetas left

4. (faltar) to have to do

aún me quedan los deberes de inglés I've still got to do my English homework

5. (distancia, tiempo)

quedan todavía 10 kilómetros there are still 10 kilometres to go

queda un mes para las vacaciones it's one month till the holidays

6. (resultar) to be

el partido quedó en empate the match was a draw

las flores quedaron destrozadas the flowers were ruined

7. (estar) to be

quedó tranquila al saber la noticia she was relieved to hear the news

me quedé parada I was shocked

¿dónde queda la estación? where's the station?

ese pantalón te queda pequeño those trousers are too small for you

8. (citarse) to meet [pt. & pp. met]

¿a qué hora quedamos? what time shall we meet?

he quedado con Ana I've arranged to meet Ana

9. (ponerse de acuerdo) to agree

habíamos quedado en que me vendrías a buscar we agreed that you'd come and meet me

10. (sentar bien ropa) to suit

ese sombrero te queda bien that hat suits you

quedar bien to make a good impression

quedó muy bien en la entrevista he made a good impression in the interview

quedar mal to make a bad impression

Spanish-English dictionary > quedar

5 decir

v.

1 to say.

decir que sí/no to say yes/no

dice que no viene she says (that) she is not coming

¿cómo se dice “estación” en inglés? how do you say “estación” in English?

dicen que va a ser un verano muy seco they say it's going to be a very dry summer

Ella dijo la razón She said the reason.

Ella dijo incongruencias She said=uttered inconsistencies.

Esa historia dice algo cierto That story says something that is true.

2 to tell.

¿quién te lo ha dicho? who told you that?

¿qué quieres que te diga? what do you want me to say?, what can I say?

decir a alguien que haga algo to tell somebody to do something

decir la verdad to tell the truth

Decirle la verdad a Ricardo To tell the truth to Richard= To tell Richard the truth.

Le dije I told him.

3 to recite, to read.

4 to tell, to show.

eso lo dice todo that says it all

decir mucho (en favor) de to say a lot for

5 to call.

le dicen la carretera de la muerte they call it the road of death

6 to say to.

Ella había dicho hacer eso She had said to do that.

7 to say about.

Ese estudio dice mil años That study says about one thousand years.

* * *

DECIR

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

digo, dices, dice, decimos, decís, dicen.

Past Indicative

dije, dijiste, dijo, dijimos, dijisteis, dijeron.

Future Indicative

diré, dirás, dirá, diremos, diréis, dirán.

Conditional

diría, dirías, diría, diríamos, diríais, dirían.

Present Subjunctive

diga, digas, diga, digamos, digáis, digan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

dijera, dijeras, dijera, dijéramos, dijerais, dijeran;

dijese, dijeses, dijese, dijésemos, dijeseis, dijesen.

Future Subjunctive

dijere, dijeres, dijere, dijéremos, dijereis, dijeren.

Imperative

di (tú), diga (él/Vd.), digamos (nos.), decid (vos.), digan (ellos/Vds.).

Past Participle

dicho,-a.

* * *

verb

1) to say

2) tell

3) speak

•

- decirse

* * *
DECIR ¿"Say" o "tell"? Decir se puede traducir por say o por tell. Por regla general, say simplemente {dice} y tell {informa} u {ordena hacer algo}. ► Decir generalmente se traduce por say en estilo directo. Normalmente no lleva un complemento de persona pero si se menciona a quién se está dirigiendo el hablante, el complemento de persona tiene que ir precedido por la preposición to: "Ya son las tres", dije "It's already three o'clock," I said "¡Qué tiempo más malo!" Eso fue lo único que me dijo "What awful weather!" That's all he said to me ► En estilo indirecto, decir se puede traducir por say cuando simplemente se cuenta lo que alguien ha dicho. Si say lleva complemento de persona, este se coloca después del complemento directo: Dijo que se tenía que marchar He said he had to leave Me dijo algo que no entendí He said something to me that I didn't understand ► Decir se traduce por tell cuando se {informa} o se {ordena hacer algo}. Suele llevar un objeto de persona sin la preposición to: Me dijo que tenía una entrevista de trabajo He told me he had a job interview ¡Te he dicho que no lo toques! I told you not to touch it! ► Hay algunos usos idiomáticos en los que decir se traduce por tell aunque no lleva complemento de persona. Por ejemplo: to tell the truth (decir la verdad) y to tell a lie (decir una mentira). Otros verbos ► Si decir va acompañado de un calificativo en español, a menudo se puede traducir al inglés por otros verbos que no sean say o tell: "Lo he perdido todo", dijo entre sollozos "I've lost everything," she sobbed Dijo con voz ronca algo sobre necesitar un médico He croaked something about needing a doctor Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada Para otras expresiones con el participio, ver dicho.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) (=afirmar) to say

ya sabe decir varias palabras — she can already say several words, she already knows several words

- tengo prisa -dijo — "I'm in a hurry," she said

viene y dice: -estás despedido — * he goes, "you're fired" *

olvídalo, no he dicho nada — forget I said anything

¿decía usted? — you were saying?

• [como] dicen los madrileños — as they say in Madrid

como decía mi abuela — as my grandmother used to say

como iba diciendo... — as I was saying...

¿cómo ha dicho usted? — pardon?, what did you say?

• decir para {o} entre [sí] — to say to o.s.
decir que to say (that)
mi amigo dice que eres muy guapa — my friend says (that) you're very pretty

dicen que... — they say (that)..., people say (that)...

el cartel dice claramente que... — the sign says clearly {o} clearly states that...

decir que sí/no — to say yes/no

-¿viene? -dice que sí — "is she coming?" - "she says she is {o} she says so"

la miré y me dijo que sí/no con la cabeza — I looked at her and she nodded/shook her head
adiós 2.
2) decir algo a algn to tell sb sth

¿quién te lo dijo? — who told you?

se lo dije bien claro, pero no me hizo caso — I told her quite clearly, but she didn't take any notice of me

tengo algo que decirte — there's something I want to tell you, I've got something to tell you

hoy nos dicen las notas — they're telling {o} giving us our results today
decir a algn que ({+ indic}) to tell sb (that)
me dijo que no vendría — he told me (that) he wouldn't come

ya te dije que no tiene ni idea — I told you he hasn't got a clue

¿no te digo que no puedo ir? — I've already told you I can't go
decir a algn que ({+ subjun}) (=ordenar) to tell sb to ({+ infin}); (=pedir) to ask sb to ({+ infin})
la profesora me dijo que esperara fuera — the teacher told me to wait outside

le dije que fuera más tarde — I told her to go later

dile que venga a cenar mañana con nosotros — ask him to come and have supper with us tomorrow

te digo que te calles — I said shut up

3) (=contar) [+ mentiras, verdad, secreto] to tell

decir tonterías — to talk nonsense
verdad 1)
4) (=llamar) to call

¿cómo le dicen a esto en Perú? — what do they call this in Peru?

se llama Francisco, pero le dicen Paco — his name is Francisco, but he's known as Paco

le dicen "el torero" — he's known as "el torero"

en México se le dice "recámara" al dormitorio — in Mexico they say "recámara" instead of "dormitorio"

• me dijo de [todo] — he called me all the names under the sun

5) (=opinar) to say

podemos ir a Portugal, ¿tú qué dices? — we could go to Portugal, what do you say?

¿tu familia qué dice de la boda? — what does your family say about the wedding?

6) [rectificando]

había 8, digo 9 — there were 8, I mean 9

dirá usted aquel otro — you must mean that other one

¡qué digo! — what am I saying?

7) [texto] to say

no puedo leer lo que dice — I can't read what it says

no me dice nada este libro — this book leaves me cold

• como dice el [refrán]... — as the saying goes...

8) [+ misa] to say

9) [locuciones en indicativo]

digo... — Méx well, er...

mis súbditos se presentarán ante mí ¡he dicho! — my subjects shall appear before me: I have spoken!

• y dice [bien] — and he is quite right

• [como quien] dice — (=de alguna manera) so to speak; (=aproximadamente) in a way, more or less

aunque no es el director es, como quien dice, el que manda en la empresa — although he isn't the manager, he's the person in charge, so to speak, of the company

está, como quien dice, aquí al lado — it's just round the corner, as they say

como quien no dice nada — quite casually, as though it wasn't important

• [lo mismo] digo — likewise

- gracias por todo -lo mismo digo — "thank you for everything" - "likewise!" {o} "thanks to you too!"

• pero dice [mal] — but he is wrong

• pues si esto te parece mucha gente, no te digo [nada] en verano — if you think this is a lot of people, you should see it in summer

• no lo digo [por] ti — I'm not referring to you, I'm not getting at you

• sí, [porque tú] lo digas — yes, sir, aye, aye, captain! iró

• ¿[qué me] dices? — [sorpresa] you don't say!, well I never!; [incredulidad] come off it!

• [si tú] lo dices — if you say so

• eso digo [yo] — that's (just) what I say

deberías buscar trabajo, vamos, digo yo — you ought to look for a job, that's what I say, if you ask me, you ought to look for a job

¡si te lo digo yo! — of course it's true!

¡lo digo yo y basta! — you will do it because I say so!

• ¡[y que] lo digas! — you can say that again!

- decir digo donde dijo Diego

- no dijo ni pío

- dime con quien andas y te diré quien eres

10) [locuciones en infinitivo]

• [dar] que decir (a la gente) — to make people talk, set tongues wagging

• [es] decir — that is (to say)

mi prima, es decir, la hija de Ana — my cousin, that is (to say) Ana's daughter

• [ir] a decir, ¡a mí me lo vas a decir! — you're telling me!

• es [mucho] decir — that's saying something

• [ni que] decir tiene que... — it goes without saying that...

• [no hay más] que decir — there's nothing more to say

• para decirlo con otras [palabras] — to put it another way, in other words

• decir [por] decir — to talk for talking's sake

• [por así] decirlo — so to speak

• [querer] decir — to mean

¿qué quiere decir "spatha"? — what does "spatha" mean?

¿qué quiere usted decir con eso? — what do you mean by that?

¿querrás decir un millón, no un billón? — do you mean a million rather than a billion?

• [ya es] decir — that's saying something

les ha costado más cara que mi casa, y eso ya es decir — it cost them more than my house did, and that's saying something

11) [locuciones en subjuntivo, imperativo]

no es que yo lo diga, pero... — it's not because I say so, but...

es, digamos, un comerciante — he's a dealer, for want of a better word, he's a sort of dealer

¡haberlo dicho!, ¡me lo hubieras dicho! — you could have told me {o} said!

• digámoslo [así] — so to speak, for want of a better word

• digan [lo que] digan — whatever they say

• y [no] digamos... — not to mention...

y su madre, no digamos — not to mention his mother

• no es muy guapa [que] digamos — she's not what you'd call pretty, she's not exactly pretty

no estuvo muy cortés, que digamos — he wasn't what you'd call polite, he wasn't exactly polite

• ¡[no me] digas! — [sorpresa] you don't say!, well I never!; [incredulidad] come off it!

• ¿qué [quieres] que te diga? — what can I say?

12) [locuciones en condicional]

¿cómo (lo) diría yo? — how shall I put it?

¿cómo diríamos? — how shall I put it?

¡quién lo diría! — would you believe it!, who would have thought it!

13) el qué dirán

pero no quiso por el qué dirán — but she didn't want to because of what people might say

se preocupa mucho por el qué dirán — she's always worried about what people will say {o} think

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) [invitando a hablar]

-¿te puedo pedir un favor? -dime — "can I ask you a favour?" - "go ahead"

¿diga?, ¿dígame? — [al teléfono] hello?

usted dirá — [invitando a hablar] go ahead; [sirviendo bebida] say when; [en tienda] can I help you?

-¿te gustaría cambiar de coche? -¡hombre, ya me dirás! — "would you like a new car?" - "you bet I would!"

2) (=indicar)

su nombre no me dice nada — her name doesn't mean anything to me

su mirada lo dice todo — her expression says it all {o} speaks volumes

• eso dice mucho [de] su personalidad — that says a lot about her personality

una situación que tan mal dice de nuestro gobierno — a situation which shows our government in such a bad light

3.

See:

decirse

* * *
I
masculino

¿cientos de personas? - bueno, es un decir — hundreds of people? - well, figuratively speaking
II 1.
verbo transitivo

1) <palabra/frase/poema> to say; <mentira/verdad> to tell

[ para ejemplos con complemento indirecto ver división 2]

ya dice `mamá' — he says `mama' now

no digas esas cosas, por favor — please don't say things like that

no digas estupideces — don't talk nonsense!

¿cómo pudiste decir eso? — how could you say that?

¿eso lo dices por mí? — are you referring to me?

no lo dirás en serio! — you can't be serious!

dijo que sí con la cabeza — he nodded

dicen or se dice que es el hombre más rico del país — he is said to be the richest man in the country

no se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' — it isn't `andé', it's `anduve'

eso no se dice! — you mustn't say that!

¿cómo se dice `amor' en ruso? — how do you say `love' in Russian?

bonita, lo que se dice bonita, no es — she's not what you would call pretty

es el sábado; ni que decir tiene que estás invitado — it's on Saturday; you're invited, but that goes without saying

haberlo dicho antes — why didn't you say so before?

¿tendrá tiempo de hacerlo? - dice que sí — will he have time to do it? - he says he will

¿no lo encontró? - dice que no — didn't he find it? - no, he says he didn't

digan lo que digan — whatever people say

¿qué tal? ¿qué decís? — (RPl fam) hi, how are things? (colloq)

2)

decirle algo a alguien — to tell somebody something

eso no es lo que me dijo a mí — that's not what he told me

¿sabes qué me dijo? — do you know what he told me?; (expresando sorpresa, indignación, etc) do you know what he said to me?

se lo voy a decir a papá — I'm going to tell Dad

hoy nos dicen el resultado — they're going to give us the result today

Andrés me dijo lo de tu hermano — Andrés told me about your brother

a mí me lo vas a decir! — you're telling me!

ya te lo decía yo! — I told you so!

fue algo espantoso, todo lo que te diga es poco — it was terrible, I can't begin to tell you how terrible

no me digas que no es precioso! — isn't it beautiful?

dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres — you can judge a man by the company he keeps

3)

a) (expresando o transmitiendo órdenes, deseos, advertencias)

porque lo digo yo! — because I say so!

harás lo que yo diga — you'll do as I say

papá dice que vayas — Dad wants you

dice que llames cuando llegues — she says (you are) to phone when you get there

dijo que tuviéramos cuidado — she said to be careful

decirle a alguien que + subj — to tell somebody to + inf

diles que empiecen — tell them to start

le dije que no lo hiciera — I told him not to do it

b)

decir adiós — to say goodbye

decirle adiós a alguien — to say goodbye to somebody

di adiós a tu vida de estudiante — you'd better say goodbye to your student days

4) ( por escrito) to say

¿qué dice aquí? — what does it say here?

el diario no dice nada sobre el asunto — there's nothing in the paper about it

5) ( llamar) to call

se llama Rosario pero le dicen Charo — her name is Rosario but people call her Charo

6) (sugerir, comunicar)

la forma de vestir dice mucho de una persona — the way someone dresses says a lot/tells you a lot about them

el tiempo lo dirá — time will tell

algo me decía que no iba a ser fácil — something told me it wasn't going to be easy

¿te dice algo ese nombre? — does that name mean anything to you?

7)

decir misa — to say mass

8)

querer decir — to mean

¿qué quiere decir esta palabra? — what does this word mean?

¿qué quieres decir con eso? — what do you mean by that?

¿quieres decir que ya no te interesa? — do you mean (to say) that you're no longer interested?

9) (opinar, pensar) to think

¿y los padres qué dicen? — what do her parents think of it?, how do her parents feel about it?

quién lo hubiera dicho! — who would have thought o believed it?

habría que regalarle algo, no sé, digo yo — we ought to buy her a present, well, I think so anyway

es muy fácil - si tú lo dices... — it's very easy - if you say so...

10) (en locs)

a decir verdad — to tell you the truth, to be honest

como quien dice — so to speak

con decirte que: no me lo perdonó nunca, con decirte que ni me saluda... he's never forgiven me, he won't even say hello to me; decir por decir: lo dijo por decir he didn't really mean it; es decir that is; mi cuñada, es decir la mujer de Rafael my sister-in-law, Rafael's wife that is; es mucho decir: es la mejor película del año - eso ya es mucho decir it's the best movie of the year - I wouldn't go that far; he dicho! that's that o final!; no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! (colloq); por así decirlo so to speak; que digamos: no es muy inteligente que digamos he's not exactly o he's hardly what you'd call intelligent; que no se diga! shame on you!; que no se diga que no somos capaces! I don't want people saying that we can't do it; y (ya) no digamos or (AmL) y no se diga: le cuestan mucho las matemáticas y no digamos la física he finds mathematics very difficult, and as for physics...; el qué dirán (fam): siempre le ha importado el qué dirán — she's always been worried what other people (might) think; ver tb dicho I
2.
decir vi

a) ( invitando a hablar)

papá - dime, hijo — dad - yes, son?

quería pedirle un favor - usted dirá — I wanted to ask you a favor - certainly, go ahead

tome asiento, usted dirá — (frml) take a seat, and now, what can I do for you?

b) (Esp) ( al contestar el teléfono)

¿diga? or ¿dígame? — hello?
3.
decirse v pron

a) (refl) to say... to oneself

b) (recípr) to say.... to each other

se decían secretos al oído — they were whispering secrets to each other

se dijeron de todo — they called each other every name under the sun

c) (enf)

yo sé lo que me digo — I know what I'm talking about

tú te lo dices todo — you seem to have all the answers

* * *

= declare, put, read, say, state, tell, volunteer, make + the point that, let + Nombre + know, let + it be known, observe, bid, reflect, utter, tender, hip, call + the tune.

Ex. 24.17 declares Enter a body created or controlled by a government under its own name unless it belongs to one or more of the types listed in 24.18.

Ex. As one respondent from this end of the information spectrum put it, 'Context is all in the information world'.

Ex. This error message is displayed in the upper right-hand corner of the screen and reads: DAWT008, 107, DFCR....

Ex. In conclusion, it should not be necessary to say that instructions and guiding must be as brief as possible.

Ex. Short abstracts are generally preferred, but there are instances where the most effective approach is to cite the original unamended, and to state that this is what has been done.

Ex. Program function key 1 (FP1) tells DOBIS/LIBIS to stop whatever it is doing and go back to the function selection screen.

Ex. 'Anything wrong?' 'Oh, I'm okay, I guess,' volunteered Datto cautiously.

Ex. However, they do make the very important point that the notation is not an essential part of the scheme.

Ex. Then the secretary, having rallied herself, said forlornly 'I'll let him know you're here in a minute'.

Ex. It can certainly be status-conferring to let it be known in social conversation that one has read the latest Fay Weldon book, but if the group one is in never reads Fay Weldon anyway and could not care less what she has written then the victory is a somewhat hollow one.

Ex. 'All this is not very likely,' she observed at last, 'not only because of the strength of the selection process -- its imperviousness to proof before an arbitrator'.

Ex. 'Sit down please,' he bade her.

Ex. 'Now, you know, I could merely turn this over to the two division or all the department heads and let them decide,' reflected Bough.

Ex. The ideal was forever etched in his consciousness from the day Crane uttered it: a good librarian working anywhere is a credit and benefit to libraries everywhere.

Ex. 'Well,' Stanton tendered, 'one candidate clearly has the superior experience -- Kass'.

Ex. He was aghast after having been hipped to the fact there are hookers on the Internet.

Ex. As long as we allow other people to pay the piper, they will continue calling the tune in Africa.

----

* ¡eso se dice pronto! = easier said than done.

* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be kidding!.

* a decir de todos = by all accounts.

* a decir verdad = to tell the truth, if the truth be known, if the truth be told, in all truth, in truth, fact is, the fact is (that), to be fair.

* a decir verdad... = the fact of the matter is that....

* arriesgarse a decir = hazard.

* atreverse a decir = go + (as/so) far as to say.

* aunque a decir verdad = Mind you.

* aventurarse a decir = venture.

* baste decir que = suffice (it) to say.

* como dice el dicho = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.

* como dice el refrán = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.

* continuar diciendo = go on.

* cumplir lo que se dice = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* decían las malas lenguas que = rumour had it that.

* decir adiós = bid + Nombre + goodbye, bid + adieu, kiss + Nombre + goodbye, bid + farewell, wave + a bye.

* decir adiós (a) = say + goodbye (to).

* decir adiós al pasado = bid + farewell + to the past.

* decir adiós con la mano = wave + goodbye.

* decir adiós con un gesto = signal + goodbye.

* decir a favor de = say in + favour of.

* decir Algo = break + the news.

* decir Algo a Alguien = let + Nombre + in on.

* decir Algo de un modo colérico = flame out.

* decir Algo que es obvio por sí mismo = state + the obvious.

* decir balbuceando = splutter, sputter.

* decir bolas = fib.

* decir bromeando = quip.

* decir chorradas = bullshit.

* decir con desdén = sneer.

* decir con desprecio = sneer.

* decir con la boca llena = say in + full confidence.

* decir con mal humor = spit out.

* decir con toda confianza = say in + full confidence.

* decir con voz + Adjetivo = say in + a + Adjetivo + voice.

* decir de un modo enfadado = spit out.

* decir disparates = shoot off + at the mouth, talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir en confianza = confide.

* decir en defensa de = say in + defence of.

* decir entrecordamente = splurt out.

* decir en voz alta = say + out loud, say in + a loud voice.

* decir en voz baja = say under + Posesivo + breath, say in + a low voice, say in + a quiet voice.

* decir + esperar = express + hope.

* decir estupideces = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir gilipolleces = talk + nonsense, talk + rubbish, bullshit, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir humorísticamente = quip.

* decir inesperadamente = blurt out, pipe.

* decir la última palabra = hear + the final word, outface.

* decir la verdad = tell + the truth, speak + the truth, come + clean.

* decir la verdad sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.

* decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.

* decirlo = come out with + it.

* decir lo que Uno piensa = speak up, speak out.

* decir mentirijillas = fib.

* decir mentirillas = fib.

* decir mucho de Algo = speak + volumes.

* decir pamplinas = bullshit.

* decir + poseer = claim.

* decir que Uno se siente cómodo con Algo = express + comfort with.

* decir que Uno se siente confortable con Algo = express + comfort with.

* decir que Uno siente lo que le ha pasado a Otra Persona = express + sympathy for.

* decir rápidamente sin parar = rattle off.

* decir resoplando = snort.

* decir sandeces = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, bullshit, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decirse = grapevine + carry + the story, make out to be, word + go (a)round.

* decirse que = be reputed to.

* decir suspirando = sigh.

* decir tonterías = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir una grosería = make + rude remark.

* demostrar lo que Uno dice = make + good + Posesivo + claim.

* dicen las malas lenguas que = rumour has it that.

* digamos por ejemplo = let us say, say.

* dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.

* dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.

* el tiempo dirá = time will tell.

* el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.

* enterarse de lo que Uno quiere decir = catch + Posesivo + drift, get + Posesivo + drift.

* es decir = i.e. (latín - id est), in other words, that is, that is to say, which is to say.

* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.

* estar a punto de decir = be on the tip of + Posesivo + tongue to say.

* esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.

* expresar lo que Uno quiere decir = make + Posesivo + point.

* hablar sin decir nada = waffle.

* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* huelga decir = needless to say.

* la gente dice que = rumour has it that.

* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!.

* me atrevo a decir = may I say.

* ni que decir tiene que = it goes without saying that, needless to say.

* no decir a Alguien lo que está ocurriendo = leave + Nombre + in the dark.

* no decir nada = keep + quiet.

* no decir nada a nadie = lips + seal.

* no decir palabrotas = watch + Posesivo + mouth.

* ¡no digas palabrotas! = watch your language!.

* no hace falta decir que = it goes without saying that, needless to say.

* no preguntes porque no te puedo decir la verdad = ask no questions and hear no lies.

* no saber qué decir = be at a loss for words, be lost for words.

* no ser tan bueno como se dice = not + it's cracked up to be.

* para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.

* para decir la verdad = to be honest.

* por decirlo así = so to speak, in a manner of speaking.

* por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.

* por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.

* por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.

* por no decir algo peor = to put it mildly.

* por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.

* por no decir nunca = if ever.

* por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.

* predecible en cuanto a lo que dice = platitudinous.

* probar lo que Uno dice = make + good + Posesivo + claim.

* qué me dices de... = what about....

* querer decir = mean.

* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....

* quién + Pronombre + iba a decir que... = little did + Pronombre + know that....

* recalcar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.

* resaltar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.

* se decía que = rumour had it that.

* se dice = so the story goes.

* se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil = easier said than done.

* se dice que = rumour has it that, the saying + be + that.

* según se dice = reportedly, so the argument goes, reputedly.

* sin decir nada = dumbly.

* sin decir ni mú = as quiet as a mouse.

* sin decir ni pío = as quiet as a mouse.

* sin decir una palabra = without saying a word.

* sin saber qué decir = nonplussed [nonplused].

* tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.

* tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.

* yo me atrevería a decir = dare I say.

* * *
I
masculino

¿cientos de personas? - bueno, es un decir — hundreds of people? - well, figuratively speaking
II 1.
verbo transitivo

1) <palabra/frase/poema> to say; <mentira/verdad> to tell

[ para ejemplos con complemento indirecto ver división 2]

ya dice `mamá' — he says `mama' now

no digas esas cosas, por favor — please don't say things like that

no digas estupideces — don't talk nonsense!

¿cómo pudiste decir eso? — how could you say that?

¿eso lo dices por mí? — are you referring to me?

no lo dirás en serio! — you can't be serious!

dijo que sí con la cabeza — he nodded

dicen or se dice que es el hombre más rico del país — he is said to be the richest man in the country

no se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' — it isn't `andé', it's `anduve'

eso no se dice! — you mustn't say that!

¿cómo se dice `amor' en ruso? — how do you say `love' in Russian?

bonita, lo que se dice bonita, no es — she's not what you would call pretty

es el sábado; ni que decir tiene que estás invitado — it's on Saturday; you're invited, but that goes without saying

haberlo dicho antes — why didn't you say so before?

¿tendrá tiempo de hacerlo? - dice que sí — will he have time to do it? - he says he will

¿no lo encontró? - dice que no — didn't he find it? - no, he says he didn't

digan lo que digan — whatever people say

¿qué tal? ¿qué decís? — (RPl fam) hi, how are things? (colloq)

2)

decirle algo a alguien — to tell somebody something

eso no es lo que me dijo a mí — that's not what he told me

¿sabes qué me dijo? — do you know what he told me?; (expresando sorpresa, indignación, etc) do you know what he said to me?

se lo voy a decir a papá — I'm going to tell Dad

hoy nos dicen el resultado — they're going to give us the result today

Andrés me dijo lo de tu hermano — Andrés told me about your brother

a mí me lo vas a decir! — you're telling me!

ya te lo decía yo! — I told you so!

fue algo espantoso, todo lo que te diga es poco — it was terrible, I can't begin to tell you how terrible

no me digas que no es precioso! — isn't it beautiful?

dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres — you can judge a man by the company he keeps

3)

a) (expresando o transmitiendo órdenes, deseos, advertencias)

porque lo digo yo! — because I say so!

harás lo que yo diga — you'll do as I say

papá dice que vayas — Dad wants you

dice que llames cuando llegues — she says (you are) to phone when you get there

dijo que tuviéramos cuidado — she said to be careful

decirle a alguien que + subj — to tell somebody to + inf

diles que empiecen — tell them to start

le dije que no lo hiciera — I told him not to do it

b)

decir adiós — to say goodbye

decirle adiós a alguien — to say goodbye to somebody

di adiós a tu vida de estudiante — you'd better say goodbye to your student days

4) ( por escrito) to say

¿qué dice aquí? — what does it say here?

el diario no dice nada sobre el asunto — there's nothing in the paper about it

5) ( llamar) to call

se llama Rosario pero le dicen Charo — her name is Rosario but people call her Charo

6) (sugerir, comunicar)

la forma de vestir dice mucho de una persona — the way someone dresses says a lot/tells you a lot about them

el tiempo lo dirá — time will tell

algo me decía que no iba a ser fácil — something told me it wasn't going to be easy

¿te dice algo ese nombre? — does that name mean anything to you?

7)

decir misa — to say mass

8)

querer decir — to mean

¿qué quiere decir esta palabra? — what does this word mean?

¿qué quieres decir con eso? — what do you mean by that?

¿quieres decir que ya no te interesa? — do you mean (to say) that you're no longer interested?

9) (opinar, pensar) to think

¿y los padres qué dicen? — what do her parents think of it?, how do her parents feel about it?

quién lo hubiera dicho! — who would have thought o believed it?

habría que regalarle algo, no sé, digo yo — we ought to buy her a present, well, I think so anyway

es muy fácil - si tú lo dices... — it's very easy - if you say so...

10) (en locs)

a decir verdad — to tell you the truth, to be honest

como quien dice — so to speak

con decirte que: no me lo perdonó nunca, con decirte que ni me saluda... he's never forgiven me, he won't even say hello to me; decir por decir: lo dijo por decir he didn't really mean it; es decir that is; mi cuñada, es decir la mujer de Rafael my sister-in-law, Rafael's wife that is; es mucho decir: es la mejor película del año - eso ya es mucho decir it's the best movie of the year - I wouldn't go that far; he dicho! that's that o final!; no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! (colloq); por así decirlo so to speak; que digamos: no es muy inteligente que digamos he's not exactly o he's hardly what you'd call intelligent; que no se diga! shame on you!; que no se diga que no somos capaces! I don't want people saying that we can't do it; y (ya) no digamos or (AmL) y no se diga: le cuestan mucho las matemáticas y no digamos la física he finds mathematics very difficult, and as for physics...; el qué dirán (fam): siempre le ha importado el qué dirán — she's always been worried what other people (might) think; ver tb dicho I
2.
decir vi

a) ( invitando a hablar)

papá - dime, hijo — dad - yes, son?

quería pedirle un favor - usted dirá — I wanted to ask you a favor - certainly, go ahead

tome asiento, usted dirá — (frml) take a seat, and now, what can I do for you?

b) (Esp) ( al contestar el teléfono)

¿diga? or ¿dígame? — hello?
3.
decirse v pron

a) (refl) to say... to oneself

b) (recípr) to say.... to each other

se decían secretos al oído — they were whispering secrets to each other

se dijeron de todo — they called each other every name under the sun

c) (enf)

yo sé lo que me digo — I know what I'm talking about

tú te lo dices todo — you seem to have all the answers

* * *

= declare, put, read, say, state, tell, volunteer, make + the point that, let + Nombre + know, let + it be known, observe, bid, reflect, utter, tender, hip, call + the tune.

Ex: 24.17 declares Enter a body created or controlled by a government under its own name unless it belongs to one or more of the types listed in 24.18.

Ex: As one respondent from this end of the information spectrum put it, 'Context is all in the information world'.

Ex: This error message is displayed in the upper right-hand corner of the screen and reads: DAWT008, 107, DFCR....

Ex: In conclusion, it should not be necessary to say that instructions and guiding must be as brief as possible.

Ex: Short abstracts are generally preferred, but there are instances where the most effective approach is to cite the original unamended, and to state that this is what has been done.

Ex: Program function key 1 (FP1) tells DOBIS/LIBIS to stop whatever it is doing and go back to the function selection screen.

Ex: 'Anything wrong?' 'Oh, I'm okay, I guess,' volunteered Datto cautiously.

Ex: However, they do make the very important point that the notation is not an essential part of the scheme.

Ex: Then the secretary, having rallied herself, said forlornly 'I'll let him know you're here in a minute'.

Ex: It can certainly be status-conferring to let it be known in social conversation that one has read the latest Fay Weldon book, but if the group one is in never reads Fay Weldon anyway and could not care less what she has written then the victory is a somewhat hollow one.

Ex: 'All this is not very likely,' she observed at last, 'not only because of the strength of the selection process -- its imperviousness to proof before an arbitrator'.

Ex: 'Sit down please,' he bade her.

Ex: 'Now, you know, I could merely turn this over to the two division or all the department heads and let them decide,' reflected Bough.

Ex: The ideal was forever etched in his consciousness from the day Crane uttered it: a good librarian working anywhere is a credit and benefit to libraries everywhere.

Ex: 'Well,' Stanton tendered, 'one candidate clearly has the superior experience -- Kass'.

Ex: He was aghast after having been hipped to the fact there are hookers on the Internet.

Ex: As long as we allow other people to pay the piper, they will continue calling the tune in Africa.

* ¡eso se dice pronto! = easier said than done.

* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be kidding!.

* a decir de todos = by all accounts.

* a decir verdad = to tell the truth, if the truth be known, if the truth be told, in all truth, in truth, fact is, the fact is (that), to be fair.

* a decir verdad... = the fact of the matter is that....

* arriesgarse a decir = hazard.

* atreverse a decir = go + (as/so) far as to say.

* aunque a decir verdad = Mind you.

* aventurarse a decir = venture.

* baste decir que = suffice (it) to say.

* como dice el dicho = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.

* como dice el refrán = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.

* continuar diciendo = go on.

* cumplir lo que se dice = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* decían las malas lenguas que = rumour had it that.

* decir adiós = bid + Nombre + goodbye, bid + adieu, kiss + Nombre + goodbye, bid + farewell, wave + a bye.

* decir adiós (a) = say + goodbye (to).

* decir adiós al pasado = bid + farewell + to the past.

* decir adiós con la mano = wave + goodbye.

* decir adiós con un gesto = signal + goodbye.

* decir a favor de = say in + favour of.

* decir Algo = break + the news.

* decir Algo a Alguien = let + Nombre + in on.

* decir Algo de un modo colérico = flame out.

* decir Algo que es obvio por sí mismo = state + the obvious.

* decir balbuceando = splutter, sputter.

* decir bolas = fib.

* decir bromeando = quip.

* decir chorradas = bullshit.

* decir con desdén = sneer.

* decir con desprecio = sneer.

* decir con la boca llena = say in + full confidence.

* decir con mal humor = spit out.

* decir con toda confianza = say in + full confidence.

* decir con voz + Adjetivo = say in + a + Adjetivo + voice.

* decir de un modo enfadado = spit out.

* decir disparates = shoot off + at the mouth, talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir en confianza = confide.

* decir en defensa de = say in + defence of.

* decir entrecordamente = splurt out.

* decir en voz alta = say + out loud, say in + a loud voice.

* decir en voz baja = say under + Posesivo + breath, say in + a low voice, say in + a quiet voice.

* decir + esperar = express + hope.

* decir estupideces = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir gilipolleces = talk + nonsense, talk + rubbish, bullshit, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir humorísticamente = quip.

* decir inesperadamente = blurt out, pipe.

* decir la última palabra = hear + the final word, outface.

* decir la verdad = tell + the truth, speak + the truth, come + clean.

* decir la verdad sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.

* decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.

* decirlo = come out with + it.

* decir lo que Uno piensa = speak up, speak out.

* decir mentirijillas = fib.

* decir mentirillas = fib.

* decir mucho de Algo = speak + volumes.

* decir pamplinas = bullshit.

* decir + poseer = claim.

* decir que Uno se siente cómodo con Algo = express + comfort with.

* decir que Uno se siente confortable con Algo = express + comfort with.

* decir que Uno siente lo que le ha pasado a Otra Persona = express + sympathy for.

* decir rápidamente sin parar = rattle off.

* decir resoplando = snort.

* decir sandeces = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, bullshit, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decirse = grapevine + carry + the story, make out to be, word + go (a)round.

* decirse que = be reputed to.

* decir suspirando = sigh.

* decir tonterías = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir una grosería = make + rude remark.

* demostrar lo que Uno dice = make + good + Posesivo + claim.

* dicen las malas lenguas que = rumour has it that.

* digamos por ejemplo = let us say, say.

* dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.

* dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.

* el tiempo dirá = time will tell.

* el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.

* enterarse de lo que Uno quiere decir = catch + Posesivo + drift, get + Posesivo + drift.

* es decir = i.e. (latín - id est), in other words, that is, that is to say, which is to say.

* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.

* estar a punto de decir = be on the tip of + Posesivo + tongue to say.

* esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.

* expresar lo que Uno quiere decir = make + Posesivo + point.

* hablar sin decir nada = waffle.

* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* huelga decir = needless to say.

* la gente dice que = rumour has it that.

* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!.

* me atrevo a decir = may I say.

* ni que decir tiene que = it goes without saying that, needless to say.

* no decir a Alguien lo que está ocurriendo = leave + Nombre + in the dark.

* no decir nada = keep + quiet.

* no decir nada a nadie = lips + seal.

* no decir palabrotas = watch + Posesivo + mouth.

* ¡no digas palabrotas! = watch your language!.

* no hace falta decir que = it goes without saying that, needless to say.

* no preguntes porque no te puedo decir la verdad = ask no questions and hear no lies.

* no saber qué decir = be at a loss for words, be lost for words.

* no ser tan bueno como se dice = not + it's cracked up to be.

* para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.

* para decir la verdad = to be honest.

* por decirlo así = so to speak, in a manner of speaking.

* por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.

* por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.

* por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.

* por no decir algo peor = to put it mildly.

* por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.

* por no decir nunca = if ever.

* por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.

* predecible en cuanto a lo que dice = platitudinous.

* probar lo que Uno dice = make + good + Posesivo + claim.

* qué me dices de... = what about....

* querer decir = mean.

* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....

* quién + Pronombre + iba a decir que... = little did + Pronombre + know that....

* recalcar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.

* resaltar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.

* se decía que = rumour had it that.

* se dice = so the story goes.

* se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil = easier said than done.

* se dice que = rumour has it that, the saying + be + that.

* según se dice = reportedly, so the argument goes, reputedly.

* sin decir nada = dumbly.

* sin decir ni mú = as quiet as a mouse.

* sin decir ni pío = as quiet as a mouse.

* sin decir una palabra = without saying a word.

* sin saber qué decir = nonplussed [nonplused].

* tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.

* tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.

* yo me atrevería a decir = dare I say.

* * *

decir¹

masculine

1

(manera de expresarse): en el decir popular in popular speech

¿cientos de personas? — bueno, es un decir hundreds of people? — well, it's just a manner of speaking o a figure of speech

supongamos, es un decir, que … let's assume, just for the sake of argument, that …

al decir de la gente, el clima está cambiando people say the climate is changing

2 decires mpl (dichos) sayings (pl); (rumores) talk

no son más que decires it's just talk

decir² [ I24 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ decir (verbo transitivo)

A decir: palabra, mentira etc

B decirle algo a alguien

C

1 transmitiendo órdenes, deseos etc

2 decir adiós

D por escrito

E llamar

F sugerir, comunicar

G decir misa

H

1 querer decir

2 digo (al rectificar)

I opinar, pensar

J en locuciones

■ decir (verbo intransitivo)

A

1 invitando a hablar

2 al contestar el teléfono

B decir bien/mal de

■ decirse (verbo pronominal)

1 reflexivo

2 recíproco

3 para enfatizar

vt

A ‹palabra/frase› to say; ‹mentira/verdad› to tell; ‹poema› to say, recite; ‹oración› to say

[ para ejemplos con complemento indirecto ver división 2] ya dice `mamá' he says ‘mama’ now

no digas esas cosas, por favor please don't say things like that

no digas estupideces/barbaridades don't talk nonsense o ( AmE) garbage o ( BrE) rubbish

¿cómo pudiste decir semejante disparate? how could you say such a stupid thing o make such a stupid comment?

no me dejó decir ni una palabra he didn't let me get a word in edgeways

¿eso lo dices por mí? are you referring to me?

no sé qué decir … un millón de gracias I don't know what to say … thank you very much indeed

¡qué callado estás! ¡no dices nada! you're very quiet, you've hardly said a word!

¡no lo dirás en serio! you can't be serious!

¡no irás a decir que no lo sabías! don't try and tell me you didn't know!

dijo que sí con la cabeza he nodded

—no puedo hacer nada —dijo Juan there is nothing I can do, said Juan o Juan said

como dice el refrán/mi abuela as the saying goes/as my grandmother says

lo dijeron por la radio they said it o it was announced on the radio

no eran ricos, digamos que vivían bien I don't mean they were rich, let's just say they lived well

dicen que de joven fue muy guapa they say she was very beautiful when she was young

dicen que es el hombre más rico del país he is said to be the richest man in the country

¿qué se dice? — gracias/por favor what do you say? — thank you/please

no se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' it isn't `andé', it's `anduve'

¡eso no se dice! you mustn't say that!

¿cómo se dice `te quiero' en ruso? how do you say `I love you' in Russian?, what's the Russian for `I love you'?

bonita, lo que se dice bonita, no es she's not what you would call pretty

estoy harta, lo que se dice harta ¿me oyes? I'm fed up, absolutely fed up, do you hear?

eso se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil that's easier said than done

palatal: dícese del sonido cuya articulación … palatal: of, relating to or denoting a sound articulated …

es el sábado; ni que decir tiene que estás invitado it's on Saturday; you're invited, of course, but that goes without saying o but I don't need to tell you that

haberlo dicho antes why didn't you say so before?, you might have said so before!

¿tendrá tiempo de hacerlo? — dice que sí will he have time to do it? — he says he will

¿no lo encontró? — dice que no didn't he find it? — no, he says he didn't

digan lo que digan no matter what people say, whatever people say

¿qué tal? ¿qué decís? ( RPl fam); hi, how are things? ( colloq), hi, what's up? ( AmE colloq)

B

decirle algo a algn to tell sb sth

eso no es lo que me dijo a mí that's not what he told me, that's not what he said to me

¿sabes qué me dijo? do you know what he told me?; (expresando sorpresa, indignación, etc) do you know what he said to me?

se lo voy a decir a papá I'm going to tell Dad

hoy nos dicen el resultado they're going to give us the result today

me dijo una mentira he told me a lie, he lied to me

Andrés me dijo lo de tu hermano Andrés told me about your brother

¡a mí me lo vas a decir! you're telling me!, you don't have to tell me!

¿sabes lo que te digo? por mí que se muera look, as far as I'm concerned he can drop dead! ( colloq)

¿no te digo? éste se cree que yo soy la sirvienta see what I mean? he thinks I'm his servant

¿no te digo or no te estoy diciendo que hasta le pega? I'm telling you, he even hits her!

¿tú qué me aconsejas? — ¿qué quieres que te diga? tienes que tomar tú la decisión what do you think I should do? — well, to be quite frank o honest, I think you have to decide for yourself

ya te decía yo que no era verdad I told you it wasn't true, didn't I?

fue algo espantoso, todo lo que te diga es poco it was terrible, I just can't describe it o I can't begin to tell you

hace mal tiempo en verano, y no te digo nada en invierno … in summer the weather's bad, and as for the winter …

¡no me digas que no es precioso! isn't it beautiful?

a lo mejor te ofrecen el puesto ¿quién te dice? (CS); you never know, they might offer you the job

me resultó ¿cómo te diría? … violento I found it … how shall I put it? o I don't know … rather embarrassing

¡ya me dirás qué le cuesta escribirnos una carta! I mean, surely it's not too much trouble for him to write us a letter

no te creas todo lo que te dicen don't believe everything people tell you o everything you hear

dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres you can judge a man by the company he keeps

C

1

(transmitiendo órdenes, deseos, advertencias): ¡porque lo digo yo! because I say so!

a mí nadie me dice lo que tengo que hacer nobody tells me what to do

harás lo que yo diga you'll do as I say

manda decir mi mamá que si le puede prestar el martillo ( AmL); mom says can she borrow your hammer?

Fernando pregunta si puede venir con nosotros — dile que sí Fernando wants to know if he can come with us — yes, tell him he can o say yes

decir QUE + SUBJ:

dice papá que vayas Dad wants you

dice que llames cuando llegues she says (you are) to phone when you get there

dijo que tuviéramos cuidado she said to be careful, she said we should be careful

decirle a algn QUE + SUBJ to tell sb to + INF

diles que empiecen tell them to start

le dije que no lo hiciera I told him not to do it

nos dijeron que esperáramos they told us o we were told to wait

te digo que vengas aquí enseguida I said, come here at once

2

decir adiós to say goodbye

vino a decirme adiós she came to say goodbye (to me)

di adiós a tu vida de estudiante that's the end of your student days, you'd better say goodbye to your student days

¿se lo prestaste? ¡ya le puedes decir adiós! you mean you lent it to him? well, you can kiss that goodbye! ( colloq)

D (por escrito) to say

¿qué dice aquí? what does it say here?

el diario no dice nada sobre el asunto there's nothing in the paper about it

E (llamar) to call

le dicen `Dumbo' por las orejas they call him `Dumbo' because of his ears

se llama Rosario pero le dicen Charo her name is Rosario but people call her Charo

no me digas de usted there's no need to call me `usted'

F

(sugerir, comunicar): la forma de vestir dice mucho de una persona the way someone dresses says a lot o tells you a lot about them

el tiempo lo dirá time will tell

por afuera la casa no dice nada the house doesn't look much from the outside

el poema no me dice nada the poem doesn't do anything for me

algo me decía que no iba a ser fácil something told me it wasn't going to be easy

¿te dice algo ese nombre? does that name mean anything to you?

la tarta estaba diciendo cómeme the cake was just asking to be eaten

G

decir misa to say mass

H

1

querer decir to mean

¿qué quiere decir esta palabra? what does this word mean?

¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?

no entendiste lo que quise decir you didn't understand what I meant

¿quieres decir que ya no te interesa? do you mean (to say) that you're no longer interested?

sólo quería decirte que … I just wanted to say that …

2

digo (al rectificar) I mean

el presupuesto asciende a diez mil, digo cien mil de euros we have a budget of ten thousand, (sorry,) I mean a hundred thousand euros

I (opinar, pensar) to think

¿y los padres qué dicen? what do her parents think of it?, how do her parents feel about it?

podríamos ir mañana ¿tú qué dices? we could go tomorrow, what do you think?

¡quién lo hubiera dicho! who would have thought o believed it?

podría haber mencionado al resto del equipo, vamos, digo yo … he could have mentioned the rest of the team … well I'd have thought so, anyway

habría que regalarle algo, no sé, digo yo we ought to buy her a present, well, I think so anyway

es muy fácil — si tú lo dices … it's very easy — if you say so …

J ( en locuciones):

a decir verdad to tell you the truth, to be honest

como quien dice so to speak

el nuevo tren está, como quien dice, a la vuelta de la esquina the new train is, so to speak o to coin a phrase, just around the corner

la granja es, como quien dice, la razón de su vida I suppose you could say the farm is his whole reason for living

con decirte que: no me lo perdonó nunca, con decirte que ni me saluda … he's never forgiven me, he won't even say hello to me

decir por decir: lo dijo por decir he didn't really mean it

¡digo! ( Esp fam): ¡qué calor hace! — ¡digo! it's so hot! — you can say that again o I'll say! ( colloq)

¿y te gusta? — ¡digo! do you like it? — you bet I do o ( AmE) I sure do! ( colloq)

es decir that is

mi cuñada, es decir la mujer de Rafael my sister-in-law, Rafael's wife that is

no sé si voy a poder ir — es decir que no vas a ir I don't know if I'll be able to go — you mean you're not going

es mucho decir: es la mejor película del año — eso ya es mucho decir it's the best movie of the year — I wouldn't go that far

¡he dicho! that's that!, that's final!

lo mismo digo: mucho gusto en conocerle — lo mismo digo pleased to meet you — pleased to meet you o likewise

¡qué alegría verte! — lo mismo digo it's great to see you! — and you o you too

¡no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! ( colloq)

¿sabes que se casa Lola? — ¡no me digas! do you know Lola's getting married? — no! o you're joking! o really? o never!

por así decirlo so to speak

es, por así decirlo, el alma-máter de la empresa he is, so to speak o as it were, the driving force behind the company

que digamos: no es muy inteligente que digamos he's not exactly o he's hardly what you'd call intelligent

¿qué me dices?: saqué el primer puesto ¿qué me dices? I came first, how about that then?

¿y qué me dices de lo de Carlos? and what about Carlos then?

¿sabes que lo van a derribar? — ¿qué me dices? do you know they're going to demolish it? — what? o you're kidding!

¡que no se diga! shame on you!

¿te ganó un niño de seis años? ¡que no se diga! you were beaten by a six-year-old child? shame on you!

¡que no se diga que no somos capaces! I don't want people saying that we can't do it

se dice pronto no less

costó $20.000 ¡se dice pronto! it cost $20,000, which is no mean sum

lleva dos meses enferma, que se dice pronto she has been ill for two months, and that's a long time

¡y que lo digas! ( Esp); you can say that again!, you're telling me!, don't I know it!

y (ya) no digamos or ( AmL) y no se diga: le cuestan mucho las matemáticas y no digamos la física he finds mathematics very difficult, and as for physics …

el/la que te dije ( fam hum); you-know-who

el qué dirán ( fam): siempre le ha importado el qué dirán she's always been worried what other people (might) think

¿por qué te preocupa tanto el qué dirán? why do you worry about what people will o might say?

ver tb dicho¹ (↑ dicho (1))

■ decir

vi

A

1

(invitando a hablar): papá — dime, hijo dad — yes, son?

quería pedirle un favor — usted dirá ( frml); I wanted to ask you a favor — certainly, go ahead

tome asiento — gracias — usted dirá ( frml); take a seat — thank you — now, what can I do for you?

2

( Esp) [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (al contestar el teléfono): ¿diga? or ¿dígame? hello?

B

decir bien/mal de algn/algo: sus trabajos dicen bien de él his work has created a good impression

la manera en que se comportó no dice muy bien de él the way he behaved doesn't show him in a very good light o doesn't say very much for him

■ decirse

v pron

1 ( reflexivo) to say to oneself

se dijo que no lo volvería a hacer he said to himself o he told himself that he wouldn't do it again

me dije para mis adentros que allí había gato encerrado I said o thought to myself, there's something fishy going on here

2 ( recíproco) to say to each other

se decían secretos al oído they were whispering secrets to each other

se dijeron de todo they called each other every name under the sun

3 ( enf):

tú hazme caso que yo sé lo que me digo you listen to me, I know what I'm talking about

no sé para qué me preguntas, si tú te lo dices todo I don't know why you're asking me, you seem to have all the answers

* * *

decir 1 sustantivo masculino:
◊ ¿cientos de personas? — bueno, es un decir hundreds of people? — well, figuratively speaking

decir 2 ( conjugate decir) verbo transitivo
1
a) ‹palabra/frase/poema› to say;

‹mentira/verdad› to tell;
para ejemplos con complemento indirecto ver división 2
◊ no digas estupideces don't talk nonsense!;

¿eso lo dices por mí? are you referring to me?;
¡no lo dirás en serio! you can't be serious!;
dijo que sí con la cabeza he nodded;
no se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' it isn't `andé', it's `anduve';
¡eso no se dice! you mustn't say that!;
¿cómo se dice `amor' en ruso? how do you say `love' in Russian?;
¿lo encontró? — dice que sí/no did he find it? — he says he did/he didn't
b)

◊ decir misa to say mass

2 decirle algo a algn to tell sb sth;
◊ voy a decirle a papá que … I'm going to tell Dad …;

¡ya te lo decía yo! I told you so!
3
a) (expresando órdenes, deseos, advertencias):

◊ ¡porque lo digo yo! because I say so!;

harás lo que yo diga you'll do as I say;
dice que llames cuando llegues she says (you are) to phone when you get there;
dijo que tuviéramos cuidado she said to be careful;
diles que empiecen tell them to start;
le dije que no lo hiciera I told him not to do it
b)

◊ decir(le) adiós (a algn) to say goodbye (to sb)

4
a) (opinar, pensar) to think;

◊ ¿y los padres qué dicen? what do her parents think of it?, how do her parents feel about it?;

¡quién lo hubiera dicho! who would have thought o believed it?;
es muy fácil — si tú lo dices … it's very easy — if you say so …
b) (sugerir, comunicar):

◊ el tiempo lo dirá time will tell;

¿te dice algo ese nombre? does that name mean anything to you?
5
◊ querer decir [palabra/persona] to mean;

¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?
6 ( en locs)
◊ a decir verdad to tell you the truth, to be honest;

como quien dice so to speak;
es decir that is;
¡he dicho! that's that o final!;
ni que decir tiene que … it goes without saying that …;
¡no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! (colloq);
por así decirlo so to speak;
el qué dirán (fam) what other people (might) think;
ver tb dicho 1
verbo intransitivo
a) ( invitando a hablar):

◊ papá — dime, hijo dad — yes, son?;

quería pedirle un favor — usted dirá I wanted to ask you a favor — certainly, go ahead
b) (Esp) ( al contestar el teléfono): ¿diga? or ¿dígame? hello?

decirse verbo pronominal
a) ( refl) to say … to oneself

b) ( recípr) to say …. to each other;

◊ se decían secretos al oído they were whispering secrets to each other

decir
I m (dicho, sentencia) saying: es sólo un decir, it's just a manner of speaking
II verbo transitivo
1 to say: está diciendo una mentira/la verdad, she's telling a lie/the truth
no dijo nada, he said nothing
2 (con complemento indirecto) to tell: no le dije mi opinión, I didn't tell him my opinion
les dijo que esperaran un rato, she told them to wait for a while
3 (opinar, afirmar, proponer) ¿qué me dices de mi nuevo corte de pelo?, what do you think of my new haircut?, te digo que es una extravagancia, I think it's quite weird
yo digo que vayamos a Cuenca, I suggest going to Cuenca
4 (suscitar interés, una idea) to mean, appeal: ese libro no me dice nada, that book doesn't appeal to me
¿le dice algo esta cara?, does this face mean anything to you?
5 (mostrar, indicar) to say, show: lo que hizo dice mucho en su favor, what he did says a lot for him
su cara de decepción lo dice todo, his long face says it all
♦ Locuciones: Tel Esp diga o dígame, hello?
digamos, let's say
digo yo, in my opinion
el qué dirán, what people will say
es decir, that is (to say)
ni que decir tiene, needless to say
no decir esta boca es mía, not to say a word
¡no me digas!, really!
por así decirlo, as it were o so to speak
querer decir, to mean
¡y que lo digas!, you bet! ➣ Ver nota en mean
¿To tell o to say?
Observa que to tell menciona a la persona a la cual va dirigida una frase: Dime tu nombre. Tell me your name. Les dijo que se fueran. He told them to go away.
Por el contrario, to say se centra en el contenido del mensaje, sin importarnos a quién va dirigido: ¿Qué has dicho? What did you say? Dijo que sí. He said yes. ➣ Ver nota en tell.
' decir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- amén
- amohinarse
- año
- apéndice
- atinar
- bala
- barbaridad
- bastante
- burrada
- callar
- chorrada
- colmo
- comenzar
- confiar
- cosa
- declarar
- delirar
- descargo
- despedirse
- dilucidar
- disparate
- entender
- excusada
- excusado
- flexible
- fluir
- ir
- haber
- hablar
- holgar
- honestamente
- hoy
- lengua
- maravilla
- mu
- nada
- obviedad
- pelagatos
- pío
- precisamente
- puño
- querer
- rezar
- restar
- rey
- saciedad
- señor
- significar
- soltar
English:
ablaze
- abuse
- afraid
- anything
- bid
- bite back
- blurt out
- buzz off
- caller
- clear off
- dash off
- devil
- dinner
- distinctly
- drone
- enjoy
- eventual
- ever
- few
- flatter
- flounder
- fortune
- gasp out
- get
- get at
- go
- go on
- hand
- heart
- hotly
- i.e.
- keep in
- know
- lip
- loss
- mean
- mention
- mildly
- mind
- miserably
- mouth
- move
- need
- needless
- neither
- no
- nonsense
- O
- occasion
- oops!

* * *

decir

♦ vt

1. [en general] to say;

siempre digo lo que pienso I always say what I think;

es muy callado, nunca dice nada he's very quiet, he never says anything o a word;

¿qué dice la etiqueta? what does the label say?;

no digas tonterías don't talk nonsense;

no digas tacos delante de los niños don't swear in front of the children;

lo dijo en broma she meant it as a joke;

¿quién te lo ha dicho? who told you that?;

me da igual lo que diga la gente I don't care what people say;

al decir esto, se marchó with these words o with that, he left;

no sabía qué decir I didn't know what to say, I was lost for words;

decir que sí/no to say yes/no;

dice que no viene she says (that) she's not coming;

como dice el refrán,… as the saying goes,…;

dicen que va a ser un verano muy seco they say it's going to be a very dry summer;

Comp

¡díjolo Blas, punto redondo! sure, whatever!, yes, sure!;

Comp

donde dije digo, digo Diego: ayer dijiste que me lo dejarías – sí, pero no puedo – ya, donde dije digo, digo Diego yesterday you told me you'd lend it to me – yes, but I can't now – you're always saying one thing one minute and another the next

2. [contar] to tell;

se lo voy a decir a la profesora I'm going to tell the teacher;

no se lo digas a nadie don't breathe a word of it to anyone;

¿qué quieres que te diga? what do you want me to say?, what can I say?;

ya te lo había dicho yo, es demasiado caro I told you it's too expensive;

decir la verdad to tell the truth;

decir mentiras to tell lies;

pregunta si le dejas salir – dile que sí/no she wants to know if she can go out – tell her she can/can't;

quiere saber si hemos terminado – dile que sí/no he wants to know if we've finished – tell him we have/haven't;

dile que estoy ocupado tell him I'm busy;

dígame lo que pasó tell me what happened;

eso no es lo que me dijo a mí that's not what she told me;

tengo que hacerte una pregunta – dime I need to ask you a question – go ahead;

dígame en qué puedo ayudarle what can I do for you?

3. [ordenar] to tell;

la ley dice que es obligatorio el uso del casco according to the law, it is compulsory to wear a crash helmet, the law says that it is compulsory to wear a crash helmet;

decir a alguien que haga algo to tell sb to do sth;

haz lo que te digan y no protestes do as you're told and don't complain;

dile que venga tell her to come;

nos dijeron que nos fuéramos they told us to go away;

lo vas a hacer porque lo digo yo you'll do it because I say so

4. [recitar] [de memoria] to recite;
[leyendo] to read
5. [revelar] to tell, to show;

eso lo dice todo that says it all;

decir mucho (en favor) de to say a lot for;

sus ropas dicen bastante sobre su situación económica her clothes say a lot about her financial situation;

su violenta reacción dice mucho sobre su personalidad his violent reaction tells us o reveals a lot about his personality

6. [llamar] to call;

me dicen Paco they call me Paco;

le dicen la carretera de la muerte they call it the road of death

7. [asegurar] to tell, to assure;

te digo que ella no está mintiendo I tell you o assure you (that) she isn't lying;

dice que llegará mañana sin falta she says (that) she'll definitely arrive tomorrow

8. [en frases]
a decir verdad, no me apetece nada ir a la boda to tell (you) the truth o to be honest, I don't really feel like going to the wedding;

como quien no dice nada as if it were nothing;

olvídalo, como si no hubiera dicho nada forget I ever mentioned it;

con decirte que me marché a los diez minutos, te puedes imaginar como fue la fiesta if I tell you that I left after ten minutes, you can imagine what the party was like;

cualquiera diría que no le dan de comer en casa anyone would o you'd think she never gets fed at home;

decir para sí to say to oneself;

decir por decir to talk for the sake of talking;

no te lo tomes en serio, lo dijo por decir don't take it seriously, she didn't really mean it;

decirle a alguien cuatro verdades to tell sb a few home truths;

es decir that is, that's to say;

aracnofobia, es decir miedo a las arañas arachnophobia, that is o that's to say, fear of spiders;

tengo otra cita – es decir, que no vendrás a la inauguración I've got another engagement – you mean o in other words you're not coming to the opening ceremony;

encantado de conocerte – lo mismo digo pleased to meet you – likewise;

tu primer examen estaba muy mal, y lo mismo digo del segundo you did very poorly in your first exam, and the same goes for the second one;

ni que decir tiene needless to say;

yo no digo o [m5]no quiero decir nada, pero… it's not for me to say, but…;

¿sabías que Santiago se ha casado? – ¡no me digas! did you know that Santiago got married? – no! o never!;

¡no me digas que no te gusta! don't tell me you don't like it!;

el tenis/este cuadro no me dice nada tennis/this picture doesn't do anything for me;

no hay más que decir that's all there is to it, that's that;

(o) mejor dicho or rather;

por más que digas, no le veo nada especial a esta ciudad whatever you say, I don't see what's so special about this city;

por decirlo así, por así decirlo in other words, so to speak;
RP Fam
¿qué decís? how are you doing?, how are things?;

preocuparse por el qué dirán to worry about what people will say;

no está lloviendo mucho que digamos it's not exactly raining hard;

él no es muy inteligente que digamos he isn't what you'd call intelligent;

ha sufrido un infarto – ¡qué me dices! she's had a heart attack – no! o surely not!;

¡quién lo diría! tan rico y sin embargo tan humilde who would have thought it, such a rich person and yet so humble!;

tardarán en construirlo cinco años, ¡se dice pronto! they're going to take five years, no less, to build it!;

yo lo hago en cinco minutos – eso se dice pronto, no sabes lo difícil que es I'll have it done in five minutes – that's easily said, you've no idea how difficult it is;

si tú lo dices if you say so;

¡tú lo has dicho! you said it!;
Esp
¡y que lo digas! you can say that again!;

y no digamos, Am [m5]ya no se diga, Am [m5] ni se diga to say nothing of;

no le gusta el pescado y no digamos el pollo she doesn't like fish, to say nothing of chicken

♦ vi

como quien dice, como si dijéramos so to speak;

es, como si dijéramos, una mezcla de danza y teatro it's a sort of mixture of dance and theatre;

es, como quien dice, el alma de la empresa he is, so to speak, the soul of the company;
Esp
¿diga?, ¿dígame? [al teléfono] hello?;
Fam
¡digo! [¡ya lo creo!] of course!;
[¡madre mía!] I say!;
tenemos muchas ganas de ir de vacaciones, y nuestros hijos, no digamos we can't wait to go on holiday, and as for our children…

♦ See also the pronominal verb decirse

* * *

decir

<part dicho>

I v/t

1 say; ( contar) tell;

decir misa say mass;

decir que sí say yes;

decir que no say no;

se dice que … they say that …, it’s said that …;

diga lo que diga whatever he says;

¿qué quieres que te diga? what do you expect me to say?;

decir entre o

para sí say to o.s.

2 con infinitivo

:

querer decir mean;

es decir in other words;

dar que decir set people talking;

ni que decir tiene (que) it goes without saying (that);

por así decirlo so to speak;

ya es decir that’s saying something;

que ya es decir which is really something;

es mucho decir that’s saying a lot

3 con participio

:

¡quién hubiera dicho que María se iba casar! who would have thought that Maria would get married!;

dicho y hecho no sooner said than done;

mejor dicho or rather;

dicho sea de paso incidentally;

está dicho, lo dicho as I have already said

4

:

no es rico, que digamos let’s say he’s not rich;

¡no me digas! you’re kidding!;

¡dímelo a mí! tell me about it!, you’re telling me!;

como quien dice so to speak;

y que lo digas you bet;

¿y qué me dices de …? so what do you think of …?;

usted dirá how can I help you?;

ya decía yo que iba a acabar mal I knew it would end badly;

¡quién lo diría! who would believe it!;

¡cualquiera diría que tiene setenta años! who would have thought he was seventy!, you wouldn’t think o believe he was seventy!

II v/i

:

¡diga!, ¡dígame! Esp
TELEC hello
III m saying;

es un decir it’s just a figure of speech

* * *

decir {23} vt

1) : to say

dice que no quiere ir: she says she doesn't want to go

2) : to tell

dime lo que estás pensando: tell me what you're thinking

3) : to speak, to talk

no digas tonterías: don't talk nonsense

4) : to call

me dicen Rosy: they call me Rosy

5)

es decir : that is to say

6)

querer decir : to mean

♦ See also the reflexive verb decirse

* * *

decir¹ n saying

decir² vb

1. (en general) to say [pt. & pp. said]

¿qué ha dicho? what did he say?

dijo que estaba cansada she said she was tired

¿cómo se dice "biblioteca" en inglés? how do you say "biblioteca" in English?

2. (a alguien) to tell [pt. & pp. told]

me dijo que estaba cansada she told me she was tired

no se lo digas a nadie don't tell anybody

3. (para dar órdenes) to tell

me dijo que fuera en seguida she told me to go at once

4. (llamar) to call

le dicen "Chapi" people call him "Chapi"

dime / dígame (en tienda etc) yes?

es decir that is / that is to say

¿diga? / ¿dígame? (por teléfono) hello?

sin decir nada without a word

Spanish-English dictionary > decir

6 FYRIR

for

* * *

prep.

I. with dat.

1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);

fyrir dyrum, before the door;

2) before one, in one’s presence;

hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;

3) for;

hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;

4) before one, in one’s way;

fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;

sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;

5) naut. term. before, off;

liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;

fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;

6) before, at the head of, over;

vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;

vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;

sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;

7) of time, ago;

fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;

fyrir stundu, a while ago;

fyrir löngu, long ago;

vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);

8) before, above, superior to;

Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;

9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;

þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;

tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;

10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;

mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;

varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;

Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;

11) because of, for;

hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;

fyrir hræðslu, for fear;

illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;

gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;

fyrir því at, because, since, as;

12) against;

gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;

beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;

13) fyrir sér, of oneself;

mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;

minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;

14) denoting manner or quality, with;

hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;

II. with acc.

1) before, in front of;

halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;

2) before, into the presence of;

stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;

3) over;

hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;

kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;

4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;

ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;

5) round, off;

sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;

6) along, all along;

fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;

draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;

7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;

fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;

8) for, on behalf of;

vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;

lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;

9) for, for the benefit of;

þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);

10) for, instead of, in place of, as;

11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);

fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);

fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;

12) denoting value, price;

fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;

fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;

13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);

14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);

fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;

fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;

fyrir handan á, beyond the river;

fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;

III. as adverb or ellipt.

1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;

þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;

2) first;

mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;

3) at hand, present, to the fore;

föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;

þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);

4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;

Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;

e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).

* * *

prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]

WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.

2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.

3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.

II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.

2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).

3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.

4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.

III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.

IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.

V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.

B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.

2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.

C. METAPH.:

I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.

II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).

2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.

III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.

2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.

IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.

V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.

2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.

β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.

VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.

VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.

2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.

VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).

β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.

IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.

X. as adverb or ellipt.,

1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.

β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.

2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.

3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.

XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.

XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.

WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.

2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.

3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.

4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).

II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.

III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.

2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.

IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.

B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.

C. METAPH.:

I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.

II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.

III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.

IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.

V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.

VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.

2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.

2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.

VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.

IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.

X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.

2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.

XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.

☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:

I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.

β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.

2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.

II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:

1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.

2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR

7 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

8 FRAM

forward

* * *

adv.

1) forward; hann féll f. á. fœtr konungi, he fell forward on his face at the king’s feet; f. rétt, straight on; koma f., to reappear;

2) out of the house; opp. to inn, innarr( var hon ávalt borin f. ok innarr);

3) on the fore part, in front, opp. to aptr( maðr f., en dýr aptr); aptr ok f., fore and aft, of a ship;

4) joined with preps. and particles, bíða f. á dag, f. á nótt, to wait far into the day, or night; bíða f. um jól, to wait till after Yule; fyrir lög f., in spite of the law; f. undan eyjunni; off the island;

5) of time, hversu er f. orðit, how late is it, what time is it? f. orðit dags, late in the day.

* * *

adv.—the Icel. has a triple adverbial form, fram, denoting the going to a place (ad locum); frammi, the being in a place (in loco); framan, the going from a place (a loco)—compar. framarr (mod. framar) or fremr, = Goth. framis; superl. framast (framarst) or fremst: proncd. with a double m = framm; and that such was the case in olden times may be seen from Fms. vi. 385 and Skálda 168, 171. This adv. with its compds and derivatives may be said to have been lost in Germ. as well as Engl., and at a very early time. Even Ulf. uses fram as a prep. in the sense of ἀπό, like the A. S. and Engl. from, Swed. från: only in two passages Ulf. uses fram as adv., viz. Rom. xiii. 12, where he renders ‘the night is far spent’ (nóttin er um liðin of the Icel. N. T.) by framis galeiþan, which recalls to mind the Icel. fram-liðinn = deceased, past; and Mark i. 19, where προβαίνειν is rendered by gaggan framis = Icel. ganga framarr or ganga fram; cp. also the Goth. compds fram-gahts = progress, Philipp. i. 25; fram-aldrs = stricken in years; fram-vigis = Icel. fram-vegis; fram-vairþis = further: in O. H. G. vram = ultra still occurs, but is now lost in Germ. as well as in Engl.: the Icel., on the other hand, makes a clear distinction between the prep. frá ( from) and fram, on, forward, = Gr. πρόσω, Lat. porro, pro-; in some compds the sense from appears, e. g. framandi, a stranger,—Ulf. framaþeis, prop. one who is far off or from far off; so also fram-liðinn, gone, past; ganga fram, to die.

A. fram, forward, (opp. to aptr, backward); aðra leið aptr en fram, 655 xxxii. 18; hann féll fram á fætr konungi, he fell forward on his face at the king’s feet, Eg. 92; stefna fram ( to go on) hina neðri leið, 582; brautin liggr þar fram í milli, id.; cf þeir vilja fram, or, fram á leið, forward, Sks. 483; fram rétt, straight on, Fms. ii. 273, v. l.; fram, fram! on, on! a war cry, Ó. H. 215: koma fram, to reappear, arrive, after being long unheard of; hann kom fram í Danmörku, Fms. i. 62; hann kom fram í kaupstað þeim er …, Ísl. ii. 332; ok kómu þar fram, er Kirjálar vóru á fjalli, Eg. 58: the phrase, fram í ættir, in a far or distant degree (of relationship), 343: people in Icel. in the 14th century used to say, fram til Noregs, up to Norway (cp. up to London), Dipl. ii. 15, 16.

II. fram is generally applied to any motion outwards or towards the open, opp. to inn, innar; thus fram denotes the outer point of a ness, fram á nes; Icel. also say, fram á sjó, towards the high sea, (but upp or inn at landi, landwards); also, towards the verge of a cliff or the like, fram á hamarinn (bergit), Eg. 583: when used of a house fram means towards the door, thus, fara fram í dyr (eldhús), but inn or innar í baðstofu (hence fram-bær), var hón ávalt borin fram ok innar, she was borne in a litter out and in, Bs. i. 343: of a bed or chair fram denotes the outside, the side farthest from the wall, horfir hón til þils, en bóndi fram, she turned her face to the wall, but her husband away from it, Vígl. 31.

β. again, Icel. say, fram á dal, up dale, opp. to ofan dalinn, down dale.

III. without motion, the fore part, opp. to aptr, hinder part (cp. fram-fætr); aptr krókr en fram sem sporðr, Fms. ii. 179; maðr fram en dýr aptr (of a centaur), 673. 2, Sks. 179; aptr ok fram, fore and aft, of a ship, Fms. ix. 310.

IV. joined with prepp. or particles, Lat. usque; bíða fram á dag, fram á nótt, fram í myrkr, to wait far into the day, night, darkness, Bs. ii. 145; bíða fram yfir, er fram um Jól, etc., to bide till after Yule; um fram, past over; sitja um þat fram er markaðrinn stóð, to stay till the fair is past, Fb. i. 124; fram um hamarinn (bergit), to pass the cliff, Eg. 582; ríða um fram, to ride past or to miss, Nj. 264, mod. fram hjá, cp. Germ. vorbei:—metaph., vera um fram e-n, above, surpassingly; um fram aðra menn, Fb. i. 91, Fms. vi. 58, passim; um alla hluti fram, above all things: yfir alla hluti fram, id., Stj. 7: besides, Sks. 41 new Ed.: fyrir lög fram, in spite of the law, Fms. iii. 157; fyrir rétt fram, 655 xx. 4; fyrir lof fram, without leave, Grág. i. 326; fyrir þat fram, but for that, ii. 99: the phrase, fyrir alla hluti fram, above all things, 623. 19.

β. temp., fyrir fram means beforehand, Germ. voraus; vita, segja fyrir fram, to know, tell beforehand, Germ. voraus-sagen.

γ. fram undan, projecting, stretching forward; fram undan eyjunni, Fms. ii. 305.

δ. the phrase, fram, or more usually fram-orðit, of time, hvað er fram-orðit, how late is it? i. e. what is the time? Ld. 224; þá var fram-orðit, it was late in the day, Clem. 51; þá er fram var orðit, 623. 30: dropping ‘orðit,’ þeir vissu eigi hvat fram var (qs. fram orðit), they did not know the time of day, K. Þ. K. 90: with gen., fram-orðit dags, late in the day, Fms. xi. 10, Ld. 174; áfram, on forward, q. v.

V. with verbs,

α. denoting motion, like pro- in Latin, thus, ganga, koma, sækja, falla, fljóta, renna, líða, fara … fram, to go, come, flow, fare … forward, Eg. 136, Fms. ii. 56, Jb. 75, passim: of time, líða fram, Bs. ii. 152 (fram-liðinn).

β. rétta, halda fram, to stretch, hold forth, Nj. 3; flytja, bera, draga, leiða, færa, selja, setja fram, to bring … forward, Sks. 567; leggja fram, to ‘lay forth,’ discharge, Fms. v. 293, Nj. 3, 11; bjóða fram, to offer; eggja, hvetja fram, to egg on; segja fram, to pronounce; standa, lúta fram, etc.

γ. sjá, horfa, stökkva … fram fyrir sik, to look, jump forward, opp. to aptr fyrir sik, Nj. 29:—impers., e-m fer fram, to grow, make progress; skara fram úr, to stand out.

B. frammi, (for the pronunciation with a double m vide Skálda 169,) denotes in or on a place, without motion, and is formed in the same way as uppi from upp, niðri from niðr; Icel. thus say, ganga fram, niðr, upp, to go on, go down, go up; but vera frammi, niðri, uppi, to be in, etc.; if followed by a vowel, the final i may be dropt, thus, vera frammi á dal, or framm’ á dal, Hrafn. 6; sitja framm’ fyrir hásæti (= frammi fyrir), Ó. H. 5; just as one may say, vera niðr’ á (qs. niðri á) engjum, upp’ á (= uppi á) fjalli: as to direction, all that is said of fram also applies to frammi, only that frammi can but denote the being in a place; Icel. thus say, frammi á dal in a dale, frammi í dyrum in-doors, frammi á fjalli on a fell, frammi á gólfi on the floor, frammi á sjó, etc.; þeir Leitr sitja frammi í húsum, Fær. 181, cp. also Hrafn. 1; sitja (standa) frammi fyrir e-m, to sit ( stand) before one’s face, Hkr. ii. 81.

II. metaph. the phrase, hafa e-t frammi, to perform a thing, Nj. 232, Sks. 161: to use, shew, in a bad sense, of an insult, threatening, or the like; hafa þeir f. mikil-mæli ok heita afarkostum, Hkr. i. 191: the particle í is freq. prefixed, hafa í frammi, (not á frammi as áfram, q. v.); svá fremi skaltú rógit í frammi hafa, Nj. 166; þarftú þá fleira í frammi at hafa en stóryrði ein ok dramblæti, Fas. i. 37; hafðú í frammi kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215: to exercise, Bs. i. 852; hafa f. ípróttir, Fms. ix. 8 (rare); láta, leggja f., to contribute, produce, Fas. iii. 118, Fms. vi. 211.

C. framan, from the front side; framan at borðinu, to the front of the table, Fb. ii. 302; framan at e-u, in the face or front of (opp. to aptan að, from behind); skaltú róa at framan borðum skútunnar, thou shall row towards the boards of the boat, of one boat trying to reach another, Háv. 46; taka framan af e-u, to take ( cut) from the fore part, Od. xiv. 474; framan á skipinu, the fore part of the ship, Fms. ii. 179; framan um stafninn, vi. 78.

β. temp., framan af sumri, vetri, hausti, váti, the beginning, first part of summer …; also simply framan af, in the beginning.

γ. of the fore part of the body; nokkut hafit upp framan nefit, Ld. 272; réttnefjaðr ok hafit upp í framan-vert, a straight nose and prominent at the tip, Nj. 29; framan á brjóstið, on the breast; framan í andlitið, in the face; framan á knén, í stálhúfuna framan, Fms. viii. 337; framan á þjóhnappana, Sturl. i. 14 (better aptan á).

δ. with the prep. í preceding; í framan, adv. in the face; rjóðr í framan, red in the face; fölr í framan, pale-faced, etc., freq. in mod. use.

2. fyrir framan, before, in front of, with acc. (opp. to fyrir aptan, behind); fyrir framan slána, Nj. 45; fyrir framan hendr honum, 60; fyrir framan hamarinn, Eg. 583; fyrir framan merki, Fms. i. 27, ii. 84: as adv., menn stóðu með vápnum fyrir framan þar sem Flosi sat, before F. ‘s seat, Nj. 220; þá var skotið aptr lokhvílunni ok sett á hespa fyrir framan, Fms. ii. 84: að framan, above.

3. as framan is prop. an adv. from the place, Icel. also say, koma framan af dal, framan af nesi, framan ór dyrum, etc., to come down the dale, etc., vide fram above.

4. ‘framan til’ in a temp. sense, up to, until; nú líðr til þings framan, it drew near to the time of parliament, Nj. 12; líðr nú til þings framan, Ld. 88; leið nú framan til Jóla, Ísl. ii. 42; framan til Páska, Stj. 148; framan til vetrnátta, D. N.; framan til þess er hann átti við Glám, Grett. 155; framan til Leiðar, Anal. 172; frá upphafi heims framan, from the beginning of the world, Ver. 1; in mod. usage simply fram in all such instances.

D. Compar. framarr, farther on; superl. framast, fremst, farthest on:

1. loc., feti framarr, a step farther on, Lv. 59; þar er þeir koma framast, the farthest point they can reach, Grág. i. 111; þar sem hann kömr framast, 497; hvar hann kom framarst, Fms. xi. 416; svá kómu þeir fremst at þeir unnu þá borg, i. 114; þeir eru mest til þess nefndir at framast ( foremost) hafi verit, Ísl. ii. 368; þeir er fremst vóru, Fms. v. 78.

2. temp. farthest back; er ek fremst um man, Vsp. 1; hvat þú fyrst um mant eða fremst um veizt, Vþm. 34; frá því ek má fremst muna, Dipl. v. 25.

II. metaph. farther, more, superl. farthest, most; erat hann framarr skyldr sakráða við menn, Grág. i. 11; nema vér reynim oss framarr, Fær. 75; meta, hvárra þörf oss litisk framarr ganga, whose claim appeared to us the strongest, Dipl. ii. 5.

β. with dat., venju framarr, more than usual; því framarr sem, all the more, Fms. i. 184.

γ. with ‘en’ following; framar en, farther than, more than; mun hér því ( therefore) framarr leitað en hvarvetna annars-staðar, Fms. i. 213; at ganga framarr á hendr Þorleiki en mitt leyfi er til, Ld. 154; hversu Þorólfr var framarr en ek, Eg. 112; framarr er hann en ek, he is better than I, Nj. 3; sókn framarr ( rather) en vörn, 236; framarr en ( farther than) nú er skilt, Js. 48; því at hann væri framarr en aðrir menn at sér, better than other men, Mar. 25.

2. superl., svá sem sá er framast ( foremost) elskaði, Fs. 80; svá sem framast má, 655 xi. 2; sem Guð lér honum framast vit til, Js. 5: with gen., konungr virði hann framast allra sona sinna, Fms. i. 6; at Haraldr væri framast þeirra bræðra, 59; framast þeirra at allri sæmd, viii. 272.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FRAM

См. также в других словарях:

sit — W1S1 [sıt] v past tense and past participle sat [sæt] present participle sitting ▬▬▬▬▬▬▬ 1¦(in a chair etc)¦ 2¦(objects/buildings etc)¦ 3¦(do nothing)¦ 4¦(committee/parliament etc)¦ 5¦(meeting)¦ 6¦(animal/bird)¦ 7¦(look after)¦ … Dictionary of contemporary English

Nashville sit-ins — Nashville s sit in campaign targeted downtown lunch counters such as this one at Walgreens drugstore. The Nashville sit ins, which … Wikipedia

Suggestions — There are many ways of suggesting a course of action to someone. You can say You could... . You could make a raft or something. You could phone her and ask. Well, what shall we do? You could try Ebury Street. You can also use How about...? or… … Useful english dictionary

suggestions — There are many ways of suggesting a course of action to someone. You can say You could... . You could make a raft or something. You could phone her and ask. Well, what shall we do? You could try Ebury Street. You can also use How about...? or… … Useful english dictionary

Battle of Copenhagen (1801) — Infobox Military Conflict conflict=First Battle of Copenhagen partof=War of the Second Coalition caption= The Battle of Copenhagen, as painted by Nicholas Pocock. British line is diagonally across the foreground, the city of Copenhagen in the… … Wikipedia

Bhagat Sadhana — Bhagat Sadhna is one of the fifteen saints and süfis whose hymns are incorporated in the Guru Granth Sahib. He was born in 1180 at village Sehwan in Hyderabad Sindh province. He was a butcher by profession who, by his piety and devotion, had… … Wikipedia

Iran's brain drain — Iran tops the world countries in the brain drain phenomenon.cite news|title=Huge cost of Iranian brain drain|author=Frances Harrison|publisher=BBC News|date=January 8, 2007|url=http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/middle east/6240287.stm] The CIA estimates … Wikipedia

Brown v. Board of Education — of Topeka … Wikipedia

Higher education in Iran — Iran has a large network of private, public, and state affiliated universities offering degrees in higher education. State run universities of Iran are under the direct supervision of [http://www.msrt.gov.ir/ Iran s Ministry of Science, Research… … Wikipedia

Education during the Slave Period — Colonial Era= Throughout the colonial period, education for slaves was not only tolerated but largely encouraged for religious purposes. The two most prominent religious groups, Congregationalists and Anglicans, both saw the conversion of slaves… … Wikipedia

The Tale of Mrs. Tittlemouse — … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

Shall we sit outside

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

Shall we sit outside

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: